3. Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

3. 大般湼槃經 (DN 16)

131. Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi [ucchejjāmi (syā. pī.), ucchijjāmi (ka.)] vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmi vajjī’’ti [āpādessāmi vajjīti (sabbattha) a. ni. 7.22 passitabbaṃ].

131. 這是我所聽見的： 　　有一次，世尊住在王舍城靈鷲山。 　　這時候，摩揭陀王阿闍世．韋提希子1想攻打跋祇。他說： “我要鏟除這個強大的跋祇，我要摧毀跋祇，我要使跋祇永無寧日。”

132. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti. Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi. Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantī’’ti.

132. 於是，摩揭陀王阿闍世．韋提希子吩咐大臣雨行婆羅門： “婆羅門，來吧，你前往世尊那裏，用我的名義頂禮世尊雙足，問候世尊，問他是否無疾、無病、輕快、強健、安穩地生活。還有，你這樣說： ‘大德，摩揭陀王阿闍世．韋提希子想攻打跋祇。他說要鏟除這個強大的跋祇，摧毀跋祇，使跋祇永無寧日。’ 當世尊對攻打跋祇的事情向你作出預言後，好好記著它，然後回來告訴我。如來一定不會說不真實的話。”

Vassakārabrāhmaṇo

133. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati. Rājā [evañca vadeti rājā (ka.)], bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti.

133. “大王，遵命。” 大臣雨行婆羅門回答摩揭陀王阿闍世．韋提希子後，便吩咐安排多部車輛，他登上其中一部，和其他車輛一起從王舍城出發，前往靈鷲山。車輛到了車路的盡頭時，他下車徒步走到世尊那裏，和世尊互相問候，作了一番悅意的交談，然後坐在一邊。摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門對世尊說： “喬答摩賢者，摩揭陀王阿闍世．韋提希子頂禮喬答摩賢者雙足，問世尊是否無疾、無病、輕快、強健、安穩地生活。喬答摩賢者，摩揭陀王阿闍世．韋提希子想攻打跋祇。他說要鏟除這個強大的跋祇，摧毀跋祇，使跋祇永無寧日。”

Rājaaparihāniyadhammā

134. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno [vījayamāno (sī.), vījiyamāno (syā.)]. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

134. 這時候，阿難尊者站在世尊背後為世尊扇涼。於是，世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，你有沒有聽說，跋祇人常常集會，定期集會呢？” “大德，我聽說跋祇人常常集會，定期集會。” “阿難，只要跋祇人常常集會，定期集會；他們便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ , ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“阿難，你有沒有聽說，跋祇人和洽地集會，和洽地散會，和洽地處理跋祇人的事情呢？” “大德，我聽說跋祇人和洽地集會，和洽地散會，和洽地處理跋祇人的事情。” “阿難，只要跋祇人和洽地集會，和洽地散會，和洽地處理跋祇人的事情；他們便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, ‘‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“阿難，你有沒有聽說，跋祇人不訂新的法規，不廢除固有的法規，遵守和奉行傳統的跋祇律法呢？” “大德，我聽說跋祇人不訂新的法規，不廢除固有的法規，遵守和奉行傳統的跋祇律法。” “阿難，只要跋祇人不訂新的法規，不廢除固有的法規，遵守和奉行傳統的跋祇律法；他們便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti [garukaronti (sī. syā. pī.)] mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā , te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“阿難，你有沒有聽說，跋祇人照料、恭敬、尊重、供養跋祇的長者，聽從長者的教誨呢？” “大德，我聽說跋祇人照料、恭敬、尊重、供養跋祇的長者，聽從長者的教誨。” “阿難，只要跋祇人照料、恭敬、尊重、供養跋祇的長者，聽從長者的教誨；他們便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“阿難，你有沒有聽說，跋祇人不讓婦女生活在暴力威脅之中呢？” “大德，我聽說跋祇人不讓婦女生活在暴力威脅之中。” “阿難，只要跋祇人不讓婦女生活在暴力威脅之中；他們便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yāni tāni

“阿難，你有沒有聽說，跋祇人

Vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

照料、恭敬、尊重、供養跋祇所有的寺廟，布施不斷，建設不斷呢？” “大德，我聽說跋祇人照料、恭敬、尊重、供養跋祇所有的寺廟，布施不斷，建設不斷。” “阿難，只要跋祇人照料、恭敬、尊重、供養跋祇所有的寺廟，布施不斷，建設不斷；他們便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.

“阿難，你有沒有聽說，跋祇人有一套完善的律法保護、照顧阿羅漢，目的是吸引國外的阿羅漢來本國，及使本國的阿羅漢能夠安穩地生活呢？” “大德，我聽說跋祇人有一套完善的律法保護、照顧阿羅漢，目的是吸引國外的阿羅漢來本國，及使本國的阿羅漢能夠安穩地生活。” “阿難，只要跋祇人有一套完善的律法保護、照顧阿羅漢，目的是吸引國外的阿羅漢來本國，及使本國的阿羅漢能夠安穩地生活；他們便將日益強盛，不會衰退。”

135. Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ekamidāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṃ vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatrāhaṃ vajjīnaṃ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ. Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.

135. 於是，世尊對摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門說： “婆羅門，有一次我住在毗舍離沙蘭達達廟，在那裏我對跋祇人說這七不退法。婆羅門，只要七不退法在跋祇人之中得到確立，只要跋祇人和七不退法相應地生活；他們便將日益強盛，不會衰退。”

Evaṃ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṃ vajjīnaṃ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni . Ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi. Akaraṇīyāva [akaraṇīyā ca (syā. ka.)], bho gotama, vajjī [vajjīnaṃ (ka.)] raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma , bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

世尊說了這番話後，摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門對他說： “喬答摩賢者，跋祇人即使只具備一種不退法，他們都將會日益強盛，不會衰退；更遑論具備七種不退法了！喬答摩賢者，摩揭陀王阿闍世．韋提希子不能以戰爭來征服跋祇人，除非使用計謀，或除非跋祇人內部分裂才能征服他們。喬答摩賢者，我還有很多事情要做，我要告辭了。” 　　“婆羅門，如果你認為是時候的話，請便。” 　　摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門聽了世尊的說話後感到歡喜，感到愉快，之後起座離去。

Bhikkhuaparihāniyadhammā

136. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

136. 摩揭陀大臣雨行婆羅門離去不久，世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，你去叫所有住在王舍城一帶的比丘到大堂聚集。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是叫所有住在王舍城一帶的比丘到大堂聚集。之後，他去世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，站在一邊，然後對世尊說： “大德，比丘僧團已經聚集好了。如果世尊認為是時候的話，請便。”

Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

於是世尊起座前往大堂，坐在為他預備好的座位上，然後對比丘說： “比丘們，我要對你們說七不退法，留心聽，好好用心思量，我現在說了。” 　　比丘回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 　　世尊說：

‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘常常集會，定期集會；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti , vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘和洽地集會，和洽地散會，和洽地處理比丘的事情；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘不訂新的戒律，不廢除固有的戒律，遵守和奉行已有的戒律；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，長老比丘有經驗，出家時間長，是僧團之父，是僧團的領導。只要比丘照料、恭敬、尊重、供養長老比丘，聽從長老比丘的教誨；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṃ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘不被導致投生的渴愛所征服；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘樂於居住山林；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṃ upaṭṭhapessanti – ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu [phāsuṃ (sī. syā. pī.)] vihareyyu’nti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘內心保持念，目的是吸引外間質素好的同修到自己的地方來，及使自己地方質素好的同修能夠安穩地生活；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要這七不退法在比丘之中得到確立，只要比丘和這七不退法相應地生活；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

137. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

137. “比丘們，我要說另一種七不退法，留心聽，好好用心思量，我現在說了。” 　　比丘回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 　　世尊說：

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘不喜好事務，不樂著事務，不耽於事務；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘不喜好談話，不樂著談話，不耽於談話；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘不喜好睡眠，不樂著睡眠，不耽於睡眠；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘不喜好聯缌結黨，不樂著聯缌結黨，不耽於聯缌結黨；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘沒有惡欲，不被惡欲所征服；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘不交惡友，不與惡友為伴，不隨從惡友；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘不滯留在細小的證悟之中；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要這七不退法在比丘之中得到確立，只要比丘和這七不退法相應地生活；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

138. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi…pe… ‘‘yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti…pe… hirimanā bhavissanti… ottappī bhavissanti… bahussutā bhavissanti… āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti… upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissanti… paññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

138. “比丘們，我要說另一種七不退法，留心聽，好好用心思量，我現在說了。” 　　比丘回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 　　世尊說： “比丘們，只要比丘有信，有慚，有愧，多聞，精進，保持念，有智慧；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。 　　“比丘們，只要這七不退法在比丘之中得到確立，只要比丘和這七不退法相應地生活；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

139. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

139. “比丘們，我要說另一種七不退法，留心聽，好好用心思量，我現在說了。” 　　比丘回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 　　世尊說：

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva , bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘修習念覺支，修習擇法覺支，修習精進覺支，修習喜覺支，修習猗覺支，修習定覺支，修習捨覺支；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要這七不退法在比丘之中得到確立，只要比丘和這七不退法相應地生活；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

140. ‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

140. “比丘們，我要說另一種七不退法，留心聽，好好用心思量，我現在說了。” 　　比丘回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 　　世尊說：

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… anattasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… asubhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… ādīnavasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… pahānasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… virāgasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… nirodhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘修習無常想，修習無我想，修習不淨想，修習過患想，修習斷想，修習無欲想，修習寂滅想；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要這七不退法在比丘之中得到確立，只要比丘和這七不退法相應地生活；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

141. ‘‘Cha, vo bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

141. “比丘們，我要說六不退法，留心聽，好好用心思量，我現在說了。” 　　比丘回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 　　世尊說：

‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘無論在公開或隱蔽的場合，都以慈心作身業來對待同修；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti …pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘無論在公開或隱蔽的場合，都以慈心作口業來對待同修；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。“比丘們，只要比丘無論在公開或隱蔽的場合，都以慈心作意業來對待同修；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘樂於和具戒的同修共同受用如法取得的東西，即使是缽中的食物，都樂於和人均分；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni kāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni [viññuppasatthāni (sī.)] aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘無論在公開或隱蔽的場合，和同修一起生活在戒之中，他們的戒不破、不穿、沒有污垢、沒有污點、清淨、受智者稱讚、不取著、帶來定；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.

“比丘們，只要比丘無論在公開或隱蔽的場合，和同修一起生活在正見之中，他們的正見是聖者之見，是出世間之見，能使人徹底清除苦；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。

‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.

“比丘們，只要這六不退法在比丘之中得到確立，只要比丘和這六不退法相應地生活；比丘便將日益強盛，不會衰退。”

142. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

142. 世尊住在王舍城靈鷲山的時候，常對比丘說的，是有關戒、有關定、有關慧的教法──戒成熟時便得定，是大果報、大利益；定成熟時便得慧，是大果報、大利益；慧成熟時心便能徹底解脫欲漏、有漏、見漏、無明漏。

143. Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati rājāgārake. Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

143. 世尊在靈鷲山住了一段時間後，便對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去芒果樹苗林。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往芒果樹苗林。 　　 　　世尊住在芒果樹苗林一間屬於國王的小屋。當世尊住在芒果樹苗林小屋的時候，常對比丘說的，是有關戒、有關定、有關慧的教法──戒成熟時便得定，是大果報、大利益；定成熟時便得慧，是大果報、大利益；慧成熟時心便能徹底解脫欲漏、有漏、見漏、無明漏。

144. Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nāḷandā tadavasari, tatra sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane .

144. 世尊在芒果樹苗林住了一段時間後，便對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去那爛陀。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往那爛陀。世尊住在那爛陀的波婆迦芒果園。

Sāriputtasīhanādo

145. Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’nti. ‘‘Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā [āsabhivācā (syā.)] bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’nti.

145. 這時候，舍利弗尊者去到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，然後坐在一邊。舍利弗尊者對世尊說： “大德，我對世尊有這份淨信：無論過去、將來或現在，沒有任何沙門或婆羅門比世尊有更高的覺悟。” 　　“舍利弗，你說出這樣重、這樣無畏的話，以堅定的語氣作出獅子吼： ‘大德，我對世尊有這份淨信：無論過去、將來或現在，沒有任何沙門或婆羅門比世尊有更高的覺悟。’

‘‘Kiṃ te [kiṃ nu (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

舍利弗，你曾用他心智來觀察過去所有的阿羅漢．等正覺．世尊的心，知道他們是什麼樣的戒行，什麼樣的特質，什麼樣的智慧，什麼樣的生活，什麼樣的解脫嗎？” 　　“大德，沒有。”

‘‘Kiṃ pana te [kiṃ pana (syā. pī. ka.)], sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

“舍利弗，你曾用他心智來觀察將來所有的阿羅漢．等正覺．世尊的心，知道他們是什麼樣的戒行，什麼樣的特質，什麼樣的智慧，什麼樣的生活，什麼樣的解脫嗎？” 　　“大德，沒有。”

‘‘Kiṃ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘‘evaṃsīlo bhagavā itipi , evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño evaṃvihārī evaṃvimutto bhagavā itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.

“舍利弗，你曾用他心智來觀察現在的我，阿羅漢．等正覺．世尊的心，知道我是什麼樣的戒行，什麼樣的特質，什麼樣的智慧，什麼樣的生活，什麼樣的解脫嗎？” 　　“大德，沒有。”

‘‘Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ [cetopariññāyañāṇaṃ (syā.), cetasā cetopariyāyañāṇaṃ (ka.)] natthi. Atha kiñcarahi te ayaṃ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’’nti?

“舍利弗，既然你沒有用他心智來觀察過去、將來、現在的阿羅漢．等正覺．世尊的心，那你為什麼說出這樣重、這樣無畏的話，以堅定的語氣作出獅子吼呢？”

146. ‘‘Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthi, api ca me dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddhāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṃ ekadvāraṃ, tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṃ [anucariyāyapathaṃ (syā.)] anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṃ vā pākāravivaraṃ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi. Tassa evamassa [na passeyya tassa evamassa (syā.)] – ‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti. Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito – ‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’’’ti.

146. “大德，雖然我沒有用他心智來觀察過去、將來、現在的阿羅漢．等正覺．世尊的心，但我能夠從推斷之中明白這個道理。大德，就正如在邊境有一座都城，都城有堅固的地基、堅固的圍牆和一道城門，有一個智慧、聰明、能幹的守門人在那裏，他阻截陌生人入城和讓熟悉的人入城。他在環繞城牆的道路巡視時，看不見城牆有任何裂縫或孔洞，即使貓兒也不能從城牆進出。守門人心想： ‘所有體型大的眾生要進出這座都城，都要通過這道唯一的城門。’ 　　“大德，同樣地，我能夠從推斷之中明白這個道理。大德，過去所有的阿羅漢．等正覺．世尊都是要通過捨棄使內心污穢、使智慧軟弱的五蓋，內心善保持在四念處之中，培育七覺支，然後覺悟無上正等正覺。將來所有的阿羅漢．等正覺．世尊也是要通過捨棄使內心污穢、使智慧軟弱的五蓋，內心善保持在四念處之中，培育七覺支，然後覺悟無上正等正覺。現在的阿羅漢．等正覺．世尊也是要通過捨棄使內心污穢、使智慧軟弱的五蓋，內心善保持在四念處之中，培育七覺支，然後覺悟無上正等正覺。”

147. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto pāvārikambavane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

147. 世尊住在那爛陀波婆迦芒果園的時候，常對比丘說的，是有關戒、有關定、有關慧的教法──戒成熟時便得定，是大果報、大利益；定成熟時便得慧，是大果報、大利益；慧成熟時心便能徹底解脫欲漏、有漏、見漏、無明漏。

Dussīlaādīnavā

148. Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi . Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāra’’nti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ [sabbasantharitaṃ satthataṃ (syā.), sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (ka.)] āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasantharisanthataṃ [sabbasanthariṃ santhataṃ (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito; yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ [idaṃ padaṃ vinayamahāvagga na dissati]. Nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho [puratthimābhimukho (ka.)] nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.

148. 世尊在那爛陀住了一段時間後，便對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去波吒釐村。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往波吒釐村。 　　 　　波吒釐村的優婆塞聽到世尊到來的消息，他們去到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，然後坐在一邊。他們對世尊說： “大德，願世尊到我們的客堂來。” 世尊保持沈默以表示接受邀請。 　　 　　波吒釐村的優婆塞知道世尊接受邀請後，他們起座，向世尊作禮，右繞世尊，然後前往客堂。他們去到客堂後，舖蓋整個客堂的地面，擺設坐具，放置水瓶，掛起油燈，之後前往世尊那裏。他們去到世尊那裏後，對世尊作禮，站在一邊，然後對世尊說： “大德，客堂的地已經舖好，坐具已經擺好，水瓶已經放好，油燈已經掛好了。如果世尊認為是時候的話，請便。” 　　 　　於是，世尊穿好衣服，拿著大衣和缽，和比丘僧團一起前往客堂。世尊洗足後進入客堂，靠在中央的柱，面向東方坐下來。比丘僧團洗足後進入客堂，靠在西面的牆，面向東方坐下來，向著世尊坐。波吒釐村的優婆塞洗足後進入客堂，靠在東面的牆，面向西方坐下來，向著世尊坐。

149. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi – ‘‘pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

149. 世尊對波吒釐村的優婆塞說： “居士們，戒行不好、戒行不正的人有五種過患。這五種過患是什麼呢？居士們，戒行不好、戒行不正的人因為放逸，會失去大量財富。這是第一種過患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

“居士們，再者，戒行不好、戒行不正的人會帶來壞名聲。這是第二種過患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

“居士們，再者，戒行不好、戒行不正的人無論去到剎帝利眾、婆羅門眾、居士眾、沙門眾等任何大眾之中，都會沒有自信、感到不安。這是第三種過患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

“居士們，再者，戒行不好、戒行不正的人在臨終時內心會昏亂。這是第四種過患。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.

“居士們，再者，戒行不好、戒行不正的人在身壞命終之後，會投生在惡趣、地獄之中。這是第五種過患。居士們，這些就是戒行不好、戒行不正的人的五種過患了。

Sīlavanttaānisaṃsā

150. ‘‘Pañcime , gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

150. “居士們，具戒、持戒的人有五種利益。這五種利益是什麼呢？具戒、持戒的人因為不放逸，會得到大量財富。這是第一種利益。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

“居士們，再者，具戒、持戒的人會帶來好名聲。這是第二種利益。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

“居士們，再者，具戒、持戒的人無論去到剎帝利眾、婆羅門眾、居士眾、沙門眾等任何大眾之中，都會有自信、感到心安。這是第三種利益。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.

“居士們，再者，具戒、持戒的人在臨終時內心不會昏亂。這是第四種利益。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’ti.

“居士們，再者，具戒、持戒的人在身壞命終之後，會投生在善趣、天界之中。這是第五種利益。居士們，這些就是具戒、持戒的人的五種利益了。”

151. Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.

151. 世尊整夜為波吒釐村的優婆塞說法，對他們開示，對他們教導，使他們景仰，使他們歡喜，之後著他們離去。世尊說： “居士們，夜快過了。如果你們認為是時候的話，請便。” 　　波吒釐村的優婆塞回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 他們起座，對世尊作禮，右繞世尊，然後離去。波吒釐村的優婆塞離去不久，世尊便進入靜室。

Pāṭaliputtanagaramāpanaṃ

152. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā [sunīdhavassakārā (syā. ka.)] magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva [sahassasseva (sī. pī. ka.), sahassaseva (ṭīkāyaṃ pāṭhantaraṃ), sahassasahasseva (udānaṭṭhakathā)] pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke nu kho [ko nu kho (sī. syā. pī. ka.)], ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī’’ti [māpetīti (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]? ‘‘Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā’’ti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ , ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ . Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti – aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā’’ti.

152. 這時候，摩揭陀大臣須尼陀和雨行在波吒釐村興建一座都城，用來防禦跋祇。這時候，數以千計的天神居住在波吒釐村的土地上。那些大勢力天神所居住的土地，吸引大勢力大臣的心在那土地上興建居所；那些中勢力天神所居住的土地，吸引中勢力大臣的心在那土地上興建居所；那些小勢力天神所居住的土地，吸引小勢力大臣的心在那土地上興建居所。 　　 　　世尊以清淨及超於常人的天眼，看見數以千計的天神居住在波吒釐村的土地上。他在清晨的時候起來，問阿難尊者： “阿難，誰在波吒釐村興建都城呢？” 　　“大德，摩揭陀大臣須尼陀和雨行在波吒釐村興建都城，用來防禦跋祇。” 　　“阿難，須尼陀和雨行興建都城，就像曾討教三十三天2似的。阿難，我以清淨及超於常人的天眼，看見數以千計的天神居住在波吒釐村的土地上。那些大勢力天神所居住的土地，吸引大勢力大臣的心在那土地上興建居所；那些中勢力天神所居住的土地，吸引中勢力大臣的心在那土地上興建居所；那些小勢力天神所居住的土地，吸引小勢力大臣的心在那土地上興建居所。阿難，只要有賢士在這裏，只要有商旅的道路通達這裏，這裏便將成為一個大都城。這裏將會稱為波吒釐子城，是一個貨物集散地。阿難，將來只有三種東西能威脅波吒釐子城：大火、洪水或內部分裂。”

153. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.

153. 這時候，摩揭陀大臣須尼陀和雨行去到世尊那裏，和世尊互相問候，作了一番悅意的交談，然後站在一邊。摩揭陀大臣須尼陀和雨行對世尊說： “喬答摩賢者，願世尊和比丘僧團接受我們今天的食物。” 世尊保持沈默以表示接受供養。 　　摩揭陀大臣須尼陀和雨行知道世尊接受邀請後，回到自己的客堂，吩咐準備美味的硬食物和軟食物3，然後使人通知世尊： “喬答摩賢者，現在食物已經準備好了。”

Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –

於是，在上午，世尊穿好衣服，拿著大衣和缽，和比丘僧團一起前往摩揭陀大臣須尼陀和雨行的客堂。世尊到了客堂後，坐在為他預備好的座位上。於是，須尼陀和雨行親手將硬食物和軟食物遞送給以佛陀為首的比丘僧團，使比丘得到滿足，使比丘掩缽示意吃飽。當世尊吃完食物，手離開缽的時候，須尼陀和雨行各以低座坐在一邊。 　　當摩揭陀大臣須尼陀和雨行坐在一邊的時候，世尊對他們說以下偈頌表示謝意：

‘‘Yasmiṃ padese kappeti, vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo;

一位智慧人， 　　無論在何地，

Sīlavantettha bhojetvā, saññate brahmacārayo [brahmacārino (syā.)].

供養持淨戒、 　　修習梵行者，

‘‘Yā tattha devatā āsuṃ, tāsaṃ dakkhiṇamādise;

能向諸天神， 　　展示其功德。

Tā pūjitā pūjayanti [pūjitā pūjayanti naṃ (ka.)], mānitā mānayanti naṃ.

天神於此人， 　　尊重及恭敬，

‘‘Tato naṃ anukampanti, mātā puttaṃva orasaṃ;

愛護布施者， 　　猶如母護子。

Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī’’ti.

受天神守護， 　　恆常得安樂。”

Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

世尊對摩揭陀大臣須尼陀和雨行說偈表示謝意後，起座離去。

154. Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti – ‘‘yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati. Yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati, taṃ gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami , taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Appekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṃ bandhanti apārā [pārā (sī. syā. ka.), orā (vi. mahāvagga)], pāraṃ gantukāmā. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante appekacce kullaṃ bandhante apārā pāraṃ gantukāme. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

154. 這時候，摩揭陀大臣須尼陀和雨行隨後跟著世尊，他們心想： “如果喬答摩沙門從哪一道城門出城，那一道城門便命名為喬答摩城門；如果他從哪一個渡口過河，那一個渡口便命名為喬答摩渡口。” 世尊從其中一道城門出了城，於是那道城門便命名為喬答摩城門。 　　世尊去到了恆河邊。這時候恆河的河水水漲，漲得烏鴉也可以從地上喝水。人們為了要到對岸，一些人在找尋渡船，一些人在找尋木筏，一些人在綁紮浮囊。這時候，像強壯的人在一伸臂或一屈臂的一瞬間，世尊和比丘僧團從恆河這邊岸隱沒，在恆河的對岸出現。 　　世尊看見人們為了要到對岸，一些人在找尋渡船，一些人在找尋木筏，一些人在綁紮浮囊，於是他有感而發，說出感興偈：

‘‘Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ, setuṃ katvāna visajja pallalāni;

“眾人為渡河， 　　免受困於水，

Kullañhi jano bandhati [kullaṃ jano ca bandhati (syā.), kullaṃ hi jano pabandhati (sī. pī. ka.)], tiṇṇā [nitiṇṇā, na tiṇṇā (ka.)] medhāvino janā’’ti.

築橋與造筏； 　　智者已渡河。”

Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.

Ariyasaccakathā

155. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

155. 這時候，世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去拘胝村。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往拘胝村。世尊住在拘胝村。 　　在那裏，世尊對比丘說：

‘‘Catunnaṃ , bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ [dukkhasamudayo (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ [dukkhanirodho (syā.)] ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthidāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

“比丘們，因為不覺悟、不洞悉四聖諦，所以我和你們長期輪迴生死。四聖諦是什麼呢？ 　　“比丘們，因為不覺悟、不洞悉苦聖諦，所以我和你們長期輪迴生死。 　　“比丘們，因為不覺悟、不洞悉苦集聖諦，所以我和你們長期輪迴生死。 　　“比丘們，因為不覺悟、不洞悉苦滅聖諦，所以我和你們長期輪迴生死。 　　“比丘們，因為不覺悟、不洞悉苦滅之道聖諦，所以我和你們長期輪迴生死。 　　“比丘們，因為現在我覺悟、洞悉苦聖諦，覺悟、洞悉苦集聖諦，覺悟、洞悉苦滅聖諦，覺悟、洞悉苦滅之道聖諦，所以我截斷了有愛，盡除了有因，從此不再受後有。” 　　世尊．善逝．導師說了以上的話後，再說以下偈頌：

‘‘Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, yathābhūtaṃ adassanā;

“因不如實知， 　　四聖諦之法；

Saṃsitaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.

一生又一生， 　　長期在漂泊。

Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā;

今已得見諦， 　　有因已拔除，

Ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti.

苦根已截斷， 　　從此無後有。”

Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

世尊住在拘胝村的時候，常對比丘說的，是有關戒、有關定、有關慧的教法──戒成熟時便得定，是大果報、大利益；定成熟時便得慧，是大果報、大利益；慧成熟時心便能徹底解脫欲漏、有漏、見漏、無明漏。

Anāvattidhammasambodhiparāyaṇā

156. Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nātikā [nādikā (syā. pī.)] tenupaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nātikā tadavasari. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati , ko abhisamparāyo? Kukkuṭo [kakudho (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kāḷimbo [kāliṅgo (pī.), kāraḷimbo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako… kaṭissaho [kaṭissabho (sī. pī.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… bhaddo [bhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako… subhaddo [subhaṭo (syā.)] nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?

156. 世尊在拘胝村住了一段時間後，便對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去那提迦。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往那提迦。世尊住在那提迦的磚屋。 　　這時候，阿難尊者去到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，然後坐在一邊。阿難尊者對世尊說： “大德，在那提迦有一位名叫沙蘭的比丘命終，他的去向怎麼樣？他的下一生怎麼樣呢？ 　　“大德，在那提迦有一位名叫難陀的比丘尼命終，她的去向怎麼樣？她的下一生怎麼樣呢？ 　　“大德，在那提迦有一位名叫須達多的優婆塞命終，他的去向怎麼樣？他的下一生怎麼樣呢？ 　　“大德，在那提迦有一位名叫須闍多的優婆夷命終，她的去向怎麼樣？她的下一生怎麼樣呢？ 　　“大德，在那提迦有一位名叫迦拘陀的優婆塞命終，他的去向怎麼樣？他的下一生怎麼樣呢？ 　　“大德，在那提迦有一位名叫迦楞伽的優婆塞……名叫尼迦多的優婆塞……名叫迦胝沙婆的優婆塞……名叫兜哆的優婆塞……名叫散兜哆的優婆塞……名叫跋陀的優婆塞……名叫須跋陀的優婆塞命終，他的去向怎麼樣？他的下一生怎麼樣呢？”

157. ‘‘Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā [parāyanā (sī. syā. pī. ka.)]. Kukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako… kaṭissaho , ānanda, upāsako… tuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako … santuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako… bhaddo, ānanda, upāsako… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā . Paropaññāsaṃ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti [chādhikā navuti (syā.)], ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni [dasātirekāni (syā.)], ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.

157. “阿難，沙蘭比丘清除了各種漏，現生以無比智來體證無漏、心解脫、慧解脫。 　　“阿難，難陀比丘尼斷除了五下分結，在上界化生，在那裏入滅，不會從那世間回來。 　　“阿難，須達多優婆塞斷除了三結，貪欲、瞋恚、愚癡薄，是斯陀含，返回這個世間一次之後苦便會終結。 　　“阿難，須闍多優婆夷斷除了三結，是須陀洹，不會墮落惡道，肯定會得到覺悟。 　　“阿難，迦拘陀優婆塞斷除了五下分結，在上界化生，在那裏入滅，不會從那世間回來。 　　“阿難，迦楞伽優婆塞……阿難，尼迦多優婆塞……阿難，迦胝沙婆優婆塞……阿難，兜哆優婆塞……阿難，散兜哆優婆塞……阿難，跋陀優婆塞……阿難，須跋陀優婆塞斷除了五下分結，在上界化生，在那裏入滅，不會從那世間回來。 　　“阿難，在那提迦有五十多位命終的優婆塞斷除了五下分結，在上界化生，在那裏入滅，不會從那世間回來。 　　“阿難，在那提迦有九十多位命終的優婆塞斷除了三結，貪欲、瞋恚、愚癡薄，是斯陀含，返回這個世間一次之後苦便會終結。 　　“阿難，在那提迦有五百多位命終的優婆塞斷除了三結，是須陀洹，不會墮落惡道，肯定會得到覺悟。

Dhammādāsadhammapariyāyā

158. ‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṅkareyya. Tasmiṃyeva [tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ce (sī. pī.), tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kho (syā.)] kālaṅkate tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.

158. “阿難，人的命終並不是稀奇的事情，如果人人命終後你都找如來問這些問題，可真是煩擾如來。因此，我要說一個稱為 ‘法鏡’ 的法義。聖弟子如果具有這面法鏡，可以為自己授記： ‘我已盡除地獄、畜生、餓鬼等惡道；我是須陀洹，不會墮落惡道，肯定會得到覺悟。’

159. ‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti?

159. “阿難，什麼是法鏡的法義呢？

‘‘Idhānanda , ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti.

“阿難，聖弟子對佛具有一種不會壞失的淨信，他明白： ‘這位世尊是阿羅漢．等正覺．明行具足．善逝．世間解．無上士．調御者．天人師．佛．世尊4。’

‘‘Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.

“聖弟子對法具有一種不會壞失的淨信，他明白： ‘法是由世尊開示出來的，是現生體證的，不會過時的，公開給所有人的，導向覺悟的，智者能在其中親身體驗的。’

‘‘Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.

“聖弟子對僧具有一種不會壞失的淨信，他明白： ‘世尊的弟子僧善巧地進入正道，正直地進入正道，方法正確地進入正道，方向正確地進入正道，是四雙八輩的聖者；世尊的弟子僧值得受人供養，值得受人合掌，是世間無上的福田。’

‘‘Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.

“聖弟子具有聖者所推崇的戒，不破、不穿、沒有污垢、沒有污點、清淨、受智者稱讚、不取著、帶來定。

‘‘Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.

“阿難，這就是法鏡的法義。聖弟子如果具有這面法鏡，可以為自己授記： ‘我已盡除地獄、畜生、餓鬼等惡道；我是須陀洹，不會墮落惡道，肯定會得到覺悟。’ ”

Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti –

世尊住在那提迦磚屋的時候，常對比丘說的，

‘‘Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

是有關戒、有關定、有關慧的教法──戒成熟時便得定，是大果報、大利益；定成熟時便得慧，是大果報、大利益；慧成熟時心便能徹底解脫欲漏、有漏、見漏、無明漏。

160. Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –

160. 世尊在那提迦住了一段時間後，便對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去毗舍離。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 　　於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往毗舍離。世尊住在毗舍離的菴婆巴利園。 　　在那裏，世尊對比丘說：

‘‘Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.

“比丘們，比丘應該保持念和覺知，這是我給你們的教法。 　　“比丘們，什麼是一位有念的比丘呢？比丘如實觀察身，勤奮、有覺知、有念，以此來清除世上的貪著和苦惱；如實觀察受，勤奮、有覺知、有念，以此來清除世上的貪著和苦惱；如實觀察心，勤奮、有覺知、有念，以此來清除世上的貪著和苦惱；如實觀察法，勤奮、有覺知、有念，以此來清除世上的貪著和苦惱。比丘們，這就是一位有念的比丘了。

‘‘Kathañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti.

“比丘們，什麼是一位有覺知的比丘呢？比丘在往還的時候，對往還有覺知；在向前觀望、向周圍觀望的時候，對向前觀望、向周圍觀望有覺知；在屈伸身體的時候，對屈伸身體有覺知；在穿衣持缽的時候，對穿衣持缽有覺知；在飲食、咀嚼、感受味覺的時候，對飲食、咀嚼、感受味覺有覺知；在大便、小便的時候，對大便、小便有覺知；在行走、站立、坐著、睡覺、睡醒、說話、靜默的時候，對行走、站立、坐著、睡覺、睡醒、說話、靜默有覺知。比丘們，這就是一位有覺知的比丘了。比丘們，比丘應該保持念和覺知，這是我給你們的教法。”

Ambapālīgaṇikā

161. Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

161. 妓女菴婆巴利聽到世尊到來毗舍離自己的芒果園的消息。她吩咐安排多部車輛，然後登上其中一部，和其他車輛一起從毗舍離出發，前往她自己的園林。車輛到了車路的盡頭時，她下車徒步走到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，然後坐在一邊。世尊為妓女菴婆巴利說法，對她開示，對她教導，使她景仰，使她歡喜。 　　妓女菴婆巴利因世尊的說法而得到開示，得到教導，感到景仰，感到歡喜。她對世尊說： 　　“大德，願世尊和比丘僧團明天接受我的食物。” 　　世尊保持沈默以表示接受供養。妓女菴婆巴利知道世尊接受邀請後，便起座，向世尊作禮，右繞世尊，然後離去。

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṃsu. Tatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi [parivattesi (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, je ambapāli , daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesī’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. ‘‘Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṃ [ekaṃ (ka.)] bhattaṃ satasahassenā’’ti. ‘‘Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha [dajjeyyātha (vi. mahāvagga)], evamahaṃ taṃ [evampi mahantaṃ (syā.), evaṃ mahantaṃ (sī. pī.)] bhattaṃ na dassāmī’’ti [neva dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhattanti (vi. mahāvagga)]. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha [jitamhā (bahūsu)] vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti [‘‘jitamhā vata bho ambapālikāya vañcitamhā vata bho ambapālikāyā’’ti (syā.)].

在毗舍離的離車人聽到世尊到來毗舍離菴婆巴利園的消息。他們吩咐安排多部車輛，登上車輛後便從毗舍離出發。一些離車人藍色裝束，穿上藍色衣服和戴上藍色飾物；一些離車人黃色裝束，穿上黃色衣服和戴上黃色飾物；一些離車人紅色裝束，穿上紅色衣服和戴上紅色飾物；一些離車人白色裝束，穿上白色衣服和戴上白色飾物。 　　這時候，妓女菴婆巴利以她的車軸碰撞離車少年的車軸，以她的車輪碰撞離車少年的車輪，以她的車軛碰撞離車少年的車軛。5 　　“唏，菴婆巴利，為什麼用車軸碰撞我們的車軸，用車輪碰撞我們的車輪，用車軛碰撞我們的車軛？” 　　“公子們，因為世尊和比丘僧團明天接受我的食物。” 　　“唏，菴婆巴利，給你十萬，把你的供養轉讓給我們！” 　　“即使給我整個毗舍離的財物，我也不會將這個大供養轉讓給你們。” 　　離車人甩手指6嘆息： “我們輸了給菴婆女，我們敗了給菴婆女！” 　　跟著，離車人前往菴婆巴利園。

Atha kho te licchavī yena ambapālivanaṃ tena pāyiṃsu. Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yesaṃ [yehi (vi. mahāvagga)], bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ devā tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; apaloketha, bhikkhave , licchaviparisaṃ; upasaṃharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ – tāvatiṃsasadisa’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘adhivutthaṃ [adhivāsitaṃ (syā.)] kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhatta’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.

世尊從遠處看見離車人前來，便對比丘說： 　　“比丘們，你們當中誰沒有看過三十三天的，來看看離車眾吧，仔細看看離車眾吧！比丘們，離車眾就像三十三天眾。” 　　離車人的車輛到了車路的盡頭時，他們下車徒步走到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，然後坐在一邊。世尊為離車人說法，對他們開示，對他們教導，使他們景仰，使他們歡喜。 　　離車人因世尊的說法而得到開示，得到教導，感到景仰，感到歡喜。他們對世尊說： 　　“大德，願世尊和比丘僧團明天接受我們的食物。” 　　“離車人，我已經接受了明天妓女菴婆巴利的食物了。” 　　離車人甩手指嘆息： “我們輸了給菴婆女，我們敗了給菴婆女！” 　　跟著，離車人聽了世尊的說話後感到歡喜，感到愉快，他們起座，向世尊作禮，右繞世尊，然後離去。

162. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imāhaṃ, bhante, ārāmaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

162. 妓女菴婆巴利在黎明的時候，吩咐在自己的園林準備美味的硬食物和軟食物，然後使人通知世尊： “大德，現在食物已經準備好了。” 於是，在上午，世尊穿好衣服，拿著大衣和缽，和比丘僧團一起前往妓女菴婆巴利那裏受供養。世尊去到後，坐在為他預備好的座位上。於是，妓女菴婆巴利親手將硬食物和軟食物遞送給以佛陀為首的比丘僧團，使比丘得到滿足，使比丘掩缽示意吃飽。 　　當世尊吃完食物，手離開缽的時候，妓女菴婆巴利以一低座坐在一邊。她對世尊說： “大德，我把這個園林布施給以佛陀為首的比丘僧團。” 　　世尊接受這個園林。之後世尊為妓女菴婆巴利說法，使她得到開示，得到教導，感到景仰，感到歡喜，然後起座離去。 　　世尊住在毗舍離菴婆巴利園的時候，常對比丘說的，是有關戒、有關定、有關慧的教法──戒成熟時便得定，是大果報、大利益；定成熟時便得慧，是大果報、大利益；慧成熟時心便能徹底解脫欲漏、有漏、見漏、無明漏。

Veḷuvagāmavassūpagamanaṃ

163. Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako [beḷuvagāmako (sī. pī.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upetha [upagacchatha (syā.)]. Ahaṃ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchi.

163. 世尊在毗舍離的菴婆巴利園住了一段時間後，便對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去畢樓婆村。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往畢樓婆村。世尊住在畢樓婆村。 　　在那裏，世尊對比丘說： “比丘們，來吧，你們和朋友、相識、同伴分散在毗舍離過雨季。我在畢樓婆村這裏過雨季。” 　　“大德，是的。” 比丘回答世尊後，和朋友、相識、同伴分散在毗舍離過雨季。世尊在畢樓婆村那裏過雨季。

164. Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭipassambhi. Atha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito [gilānavuṭṭhito (saddanīti)] aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṃ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṃ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo. Disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṃ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena, api ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā – ‘na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī’’’ti.

164. 世尊過雨季的時候，得了很重的病，生起強烈的痛楚，有性命危險。世尊保持念和覺知，忍受這些痛楚而不受困擾。 　　這時候，世尊心想： “如果我不告訴侍者、不通知比丘僧團便入滅是不適當的，讓我以精進來克服這個病，保存性命。” 　　於是，世尊以精進來克服這個病，保存性命。跟著，世尊的病消退了。 　　這時候，世尊從病中復元不久，從住所出來，坐在屋蔭下為他預備好的座位上。這時候，阿難尊者去到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，坐在一邊，然後對世尊說： “大德，我看見世尊安穩了，我看見世尊復元了。儘管這樣，世尊的病使我現在也感到身體像失去平衡似的，我不能辨別方向，甚至連法也不在心中，但當我想到： ‘如果世尊不對比丘僧團囑咐一些東西，他是不會入滅的。’ 這時候我的內心才稍為紓緩。”

165. ‘‘Kiṃ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati [paccāsiṃsati (sī. syā.)]? Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā. Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi. Yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā. Sakiṃ [kiṃ (sī. pī.)], ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati. Ahaṃ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. Āsītiko me vayo vattati. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṃ veṭhamissakena [veḷumissakena (syā.), veghamissakena (pī.), vedhamissakena, vekhamissakena (ka.)] yāpeti, evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo . Ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā’’ti.

165. “阿難，比丘僧團還期待我說些什麼呢？我已經把法詳盡地宣說了出來，如來是沒有把法保留在自己拳頭之內的。阿難，有人可能會認為我支配著僧團或僧團依靠我，所以他會認為如來應該對比丘僧團囑咐一些東西。但是，如來根本沒有 ‘我支配著僧團’ 或 ‘僧團依靠我’ 這樣想，所以如來哪有東西囑咐比丘僧團呢？ 　　“阿難，我現在已經老了；我過了很多日子，已經到八十歲了。阿難，就像一部舊牛車需要修補才能繼續行走那樣，如來的身體也需要調理才能繼續支撐下去。有時候為了平息痛楚，如來要心離所有相，進入無相定，那時如來的身體才能得到安穩。 　　“阿難，因此，你們要做自己的島嶼7，做自己的皈依處，不要以其他地方為皈依處；以法為島嶼，以法為皈依處，不要以其他地方為皈依處。阿難，什麼是比丘做自己的島嶼，做自己的皈依處，不以其他地方為皈依處；以法為島嶼，以法為皈依處，不以其他地方為皈依處呢？ 　　“阿難，比丘如實觀察身，勤奮、有覺知、有念，以此來清除世上的貪著和苦惱；如實觀察受，勤奮、有覺知、有念，以此來清除世上的貪著和苦惱；如實觀察心，勤奮、有覺知、有念，以此來清除世上的貪著和苦惱；如實觀察法，勤奮、有覺知、有念，以此來清除世上的貪著和苦惱。阿難，這樣就是比丘做自己的島嶼，做自己的皈依處，不以其他地方為皈依處；以法為島嶼，以法為皈依處，不以其他地方為皈依處了。 “阿難，無論現在或我入滅後，任何比丘如果能做自己的島嶼和皈依處，以法為島嶼和皈依處的話，他就是在有修學欲的比丘之中最高的。8”

Dutiyabhāṇavāro.

第二誦完

Nimittobhāsakathā

166. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ, yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ [pāvālaṃ (cetiyaṃ (syā.)] tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.

166. 在上午，世尊穿好衣服，拿著大衣和缽入毗舍離化食。在化食完畢，吃過食物後返回來，對阿難尊者說： “阿難，拿坐蓆。我要去遮巴羅廟午休。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 之後拿起坐蓆，在後面跟隨世尊。 　　世尊前往遮巴羅廟，到了之後，坐在為他預備好的座位上。阿難尊者對世尊作禮，然後坐在一邊。

167. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ [sattambakaṃ (pī.)] cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno [ākaṅkhamāno (?)], ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu , bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.

167. 世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，毗舍離是一個怡人的地方，優提那廟、喬答摩廟、七芒果廟、多子廟、沙蘭達達廟、遮巴羅廟是怡人的地方。 　　“阿難，如果一個人修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；他可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫9或一劫多些。阿難，如來修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；如來可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。” 　　阿難尊者的內心就像受到魔羅遮蔽那樣，不能明白世尊明顯的用意、明顯的提示，因此沒有這樣請求世尊： “大德，為了許多眾生的利益，為了許多眾生的快樂；為了悲憫世間，為了天和人的福祉、利益和快樂；請世尊活在世上一劫，請善逝活在世上一劫。” 　　世尊第二次及第三次對阿難尊者說： 　　“阿難，毗舍離是一個怡人的地方，優提那廟、喬答摩廟、七芒果廟、多子廟、沙蘭達達廟、遮巴羅廟是怡人的地方。 　　“阿難，如果一個人修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；他可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。阿難，如來修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；如來可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。” 　　阿難尊者的內心就像受到魔羅遮蔽那樣，不能明白世尊明顯的用意、明顯的提示，因此沒有這樣請求世尊： “大德，為了許多眾生的利益，為了許多眾生的快樂；為了悲憫世間，為了天和人的福祉、利益和快樂；請世尊活在世上一劫，請善逝活在世上一劫。” 　　於是，世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，離去。如果你認為是時候的話，請便。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 他起座，對世尊作禮，右繞世尊，然後去到附近一棵樹下坐下來。

Mārayācanakathā

168. Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānī [uttāniṃ (ka.), uttāni (sī. pī.)] karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

168. 阿難尊者離去不久，邪惡者魔羅去到世尊那裏，站在一邊，然後對世尊說： “大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。大德，這句話曾出自世尊的口： ‘邪惡者，在我的比丘弟子還沒有聰慧、成熟、自信、多聞、持法、法隨法行、正向、依法而行時；在我的比丘弟子學了老師的教法後，未能向人講解、宣說、教導、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解釋時；在我的比丘弟子未能以正法來駁斥錯誤的見解，駁斥之後，宣說非凡的法義時；我不會入滅。’ 　　“大德，現在世尊的比丘弟子聰慧、成熟、自信、多聞、得安穩、持法、法隨法行、正向、依法而行了；現在世尊的比丘弟子學了老師的教法後，能向人講解、宣說、教導、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解釋了；現在世尊的比丘弟子能以正法來駁斥錯誤的見解，駁斥之後，宣說非凡的法義了。大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo , sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

“大德，這句話曾出自世尊的口： ‘邪惡者，在我的比丘尼弟子……大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni , bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni , bhante, bhagavato.

“大德，這句話曾出自世尊的口： ‘邪惡者，在我的優婆塞弟子……大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.

“大德，這句話曾出自世尊的口： ‘邪惡者，在我的優婆夷弟子還沒有聰慧、成熟、自信、多聞、持法、法隨法行、正向、依法而行時；在我的優婆夷弟子學了老師的教法後，未能向人講解、宣說、教導、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解釋時；在我的優婆夷弟子未能以正法來駁斥錯誤的見解，駁斥之後，宣說非凡的法義時；我不會入滅。’ 大德，現在世尊的優婆夷弟子聰慧、成熟、自信、多聞、持法、法隨法行、正向、依法而行了；現在世尊的優婆夷弟子學了老師的教法後，能向人講解、宣說、教導、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解釋了；現在世尊的優婆夷弟子能以正法來駁斥錯誤的見解，駁斥之後，宣說非凡的法義了。大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。

‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi , yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhaṃ ceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhaṃ ceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’’ti .

“大德，這句話曾出自世尊的口： ‘邪惡者，在我的梵行沒有流行，沒有興盛，沒有廣泛流傳，沒有遍及眾人時；在我的梵行沒有人宣說時10；我不會入滅。’ 大德，現在世尊的梵行流行、興盛、廣泛流傳、遍及眾人了；現在世尊的梵行有人宣說了。大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。”

Evaṃ vutte bhagavā māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti.

邪惡者魔羅說了這番話後，世尊對他說： “邪惡者，你不用操心。如來將在不久之後入滅。三個月之後，如來便會入滅。”

Āyusaṅkhāraossajjanaṃ

169. Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso [lomahaṃso (syā.)], devadundubhiyo [devadudrabhiyo (ka.)] ca phaliṃsu . Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

169. 世尊在遮巴羅廟有念、有覺知地捨棄了壽行。當世尊捨棄壽行時，大地發生了使人恐懼、使人驚慌的震動，天上響起了震耳的雷聲，於是他有感而發，說出感興偈：

‘‘Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;

“可量不可量11， 　　牟尼捨生死；

Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti.

內有喜與定， 　　破有行鎧甲。”

Mahābhūmicālahetu

170. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?

170. 這時候，阿難尊者心想： “真稀奇！從沒有發生過！這個大地發生極大的震動，發生使人恐懼、使人驚慌的震動，天上響起了震耳的雷聲！是什麼原因和條件使大地出現震動呢？”

Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, mahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ , bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho, bhante , hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?

於是阿難尊者去到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，坐在一邊，然後對世尊說： “大德，真稀奇！大德，從沒有發生過！這個大地發生極大的震動，發生使人恐懼、使人驚慌的震動，天上響起了震耳的雷聲！大德，是什麼原因和條件使大地出現震動呢？”

171. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṃ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti. Udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

171. “阿難，有八種原因和條件使大地出現震動。哪八種呢？阿難，大地在水之上，水在風之上，風在空之上。有時候，當大風在吹動時，水便受到翻動；當水翻動時，大地便會震動。這就是使大地出現震動的第一種原因和條件。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

“阿難，其次，如果大神力的沙門、婆羅門，或大勢力的天神修習很少的水想而修習無量的地想，這個大地便會發生各種震動。這就是使大地出現震動的第二種原因和條件。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

“阿難，其次，當菩薩從兜率天下生，有念有覺知地進入母胎時，這個大地便會發生各種震動。這就是使大地出現震動的第三種原因和條件。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

“阿難，其次，當菩薩有念有覺知地從母胎出生時，這個大地便會發生各種震動。這就是使大地出現震動的第四種原因和條件。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

“阿難，其次，當如來覺悟無上正等正覺時，這個大地便會發生各種震動。這就是使大地出現震動的第五種原因和條件。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

“阿難，其次，當如來轉無上法輪時，這個大地便會發生各種震動。這就是使大地出現震動的第六種原因和條件。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.

“阿難，其次，當如來有念、有覺知地捨棄壽行時，這個大地便會發生各種震動。這就是使大地出現震動的第七種原因和條件。

‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti.

“阿難，其次，當如來進入無餘湼槃界時，這個大地便會發生各種震動。這就是使大地出現震動的第八種原因和條件。阿難，這些就是使大地出現震動的八種原因和條件了。

Aṭṭha parisā

172. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā [cātummahārājikaparisā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)], tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda , anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā . Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ…pe… gahapatiparisaṃ… samaṇaparisaṃ… cātumahārājikaparisaṃ… tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ… māraparisaṃ… brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Imā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.

172. “阿難，有八種大眾。八種大眾是什麼呢？是剎帝利眾、婆羅門眾、居士眾、沙門眾、四王天眾、三十三天眾、魔羅眾、梵天眾。 　　“阿難，我記得曾經走進數以百計的剎帝利眾中去，和他們一起坐，一起交談，一起說話；我化作他們的外觀，依隨他們的語言來為他們說法，對他們開示，對他們教導，使他們景仰，使他們歡喜。他們不知道說話的是誰，他們說： ‘說話的是天還是人呢？’ 我為他們說法，對他們開示，對他們教導，使他們景仰，使他們歡喜，然後隱沒。他們不知道隱沒的是誰，他們說： ‘隱沒的是天還是人呢？’ 　　“阿難，我記得曾經走進數以百計的婆羅門眾……居士眾……沙門眾……四王天眾……三十三天眾……魔羅眾……梵天眾中去，和他們一起坐，一起交談，一起說話；我化作他們的外觀，依隨他們的語言來為他們說法，對他們開示，對他們教導，使他們景仰，使他們歡喜。他們不知道說話的是誰，他們說： ‘說話的是天還是人呢？’ 我為他們說法，對他們開示，對他們教導，使他們景仰，使他們歡喜，然後隱沒。他們不知道隱沒的是誰，他們說： ‘隱沒的是天還是人呢？’ 阿難，這些就是八種大眾了。

Aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni

173. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha ? Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

173. “阿難，有八勝處。八勝處是什麼呢？ 　　“一個內有色想的人，少觀看外色的美相和醜相。他這樣想： ‘我制勝色想之後，對此有知、有見。’ 這是第一勝處。

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

“一個內有色想的人，多觀看外色的美相和醜相。他這樣想： ‘我制勝色想之後，對此有知、有見。’ 這是第二勝處。

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

“一個內沒有色想的人，少觀看外色的美相和醜相。他這樣想： ‘我制勝色想之後，對此有知、有見。’ 這是第三勝處。

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

“一個內沒有色想的人，多觀看外色的美相和醜相。他這樣想： ‘我制勝色想之後，對此有知、有見。’ 這是第四勝處。

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

“一個內沒有色想的人，觀看藍色的外色：藍色、藍色外相、藍色光澤。有如觀看亞麻花那樣，藍色、藍色外相、藍色光澤；或有如觀看藍色的波羅奈布料那樣，底和面都很幼滑，藍色、藍色外相、藍色光澤。他這樣想： ‘我制勝色想之後，對此有知、有見。’ 這是第五勝處。

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

“一個內沒有色想的人，觀看黃色的外色：黃色、黃色外相、黃色光澤。有如觀看迦尼迦羅花那樣，黃色、黃色外相、黃色光澤；或有如觀看黃色的波羅奈布料那樣，底和面都很幼滑，黃色、黃色外相、黃色光澤。他這樣想： ‘我制勝色想之後，對此有知、有見。’ 這是第六勝處。

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.

“一個內沒有色想的人，觀看紅色的外色：紅色、紅色外相、紅色光澤。有如觀看木槿花那樣，紅色、紅色外相、紅色光澤；或有如觀看紅色的波羅奈布料那樣，底和面都很幼滑，紅色、紅色外相、紅色光澤。他這樣想： ‘我制勝色想之後，對此有知、有見。’ 這是第七勝處。

‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ . Imāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.

“一個內沒有色想的人，觀看白色的外色：白色、白色外相、白色光澤。有如觀看草藥星12那樣，白色、白色外相、白色光澤；或有如觀看白色的波羅奈布料那樣，底和面都很幼滑，白色、白色外相、白色光澤。他這樣想： ‘我制勝色想之後，對此有知、有見。’ 這是第八勝處。阿難，這些就是八勝處了。

Aṭṭha vimokkhā

174. ‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho. Subhanteva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.

174. “阿難，有八解脫。八解脫是什麼呢？ 　　“一個具有色身的人觀看色。這是第一解脫。 　　“一個內沒有色想的人觀看外色。這是第二解脫。 　　“內心只安放在美麗的外相。這是第三解脫。 　　“內心想著無邊的虛空，超越了所有色想，滅除了有對想，不思維各種想，他進入了空無邊處。這是第四解脫。 　　“內心想著無邊的心識，超越了所有的空無邊處，他進入了識無邊處。這是第五解脫。 　　“內心想著 ‘沒有任何東西’ ，超越了所有的識無邊處，他進入了無所有處。這是第六解脫。 　　“超越了所有的無所有處，他進入了非想非非想處。這是第七解脫。 　　“超越了所有的非想非非想處，他進入了想受滅盡定。這是第八解脫。 　　“阿難，這些就是八解脫了。

175. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ , ānanda, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ –

175. “阿難，有一次，我在優樓頻螺的尼連禪河邊初得無上正等正覺，逗留在牧羊人的榕樹下時，邪惡者魔羅走來我那裏，站在一邊，然後對我說： ‘大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。’ 　　“阿難，邪惡者魔羅說了這番話後，我對他說：

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘邪惡者，在我的比丘弟子還沒有聰慧、成熟、自信、多聞、持法、法隨法行、正向、依法而行時；在我的比丘弟子學了老師的教法後，未能向人講解、宣說、教導、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解釋時；在我的比丘弟子未能以正法來駁斥錯誤的見解，駁斥之後，宣說非凡的法義時；我不會入滅。

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘邪惡者，在我的比丘尼弟子……

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘邪惡者，在我的優婆塞弟子……

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

‘邪惡者，在我的優婆夷弟子沒有聰慧、成熟、自信、多聞、持法、法隨法行、正向、依法而行時；在我的優婆夷弟子學了老師的教法後，未能向人講解、宣說、教導、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解釋時；在我的優婆夷弟子未能以正法來駁斥錯誤的見解，駁斥之後，宣說非凡的法義時；我不會入滅。

‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti.

‘邪惡者，在我的梵行沒有流行，沒有興盛，沒有廣泛流傳，沒有遍及眾人時；在我的梵行沒有人宣說時；我不會入滅。’

176. ‘‘Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima , parinibbāyissāmi , yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.

176. “阿難，今天在遮巴羅廟邪惡者魔羅走來我那裏，站在一邊，然後對我說： ‘大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。大德，這句話曾出自世尊的口： “邪惡者，在我的比丘弟子還沒有聰慧、成熟、自信、多聞、持法、法隨法行、正向、依法而行時；在我的比丘弟子學了老師的教法後，未能向人講解、宣說、教導、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解釋時；在我的比丘弟子未能以正法來駁斥錯誤的見解，駁斥之後，宣說非凡的法義時；我不會入滅。” 大德，現在世尊的比丘弟子聰慧、成熟、自信、多聞、持法、法隨法行、正向、依法而行了；現在世尊的比丘弟子學了老師的教法後，能向人講解、宣說、教導、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解釋了；現在世尊的比丘弟子能以正法來駁斥錯誤的見解，駁斥之後，宣說非凡的法義了。大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。 　　‘大德，這句話曾出自世尊的口： “邪惡者，在我的比丘尼弟子……大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。 　　‘大德，這句話曾出自世尊的口： “邪惡者，在我的優婆塞弟子……大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。 　　‘大德，這句話曾出自世尊的口： “邪惡者，在我的優婆夷弟子沒有聰慧、成熟、自信、多聞、持法、法隨法行、正向、依法而行時；在我的優婆夷弟子學了老師的教法後，未能向人講解、宣說、教導、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解釋時；在我的優婆夷弟子未能以正法來駁斥錯誤的見解，駁斥之後，宣說非凡的法義時；我不會入滅。” 大德，現在世尊的優婆夷弟子聰慧、成熟、自信、多聞、持法、法隨法行、正向、依法而行了；現在世尊的優婆夷弟子學了老師的教法後，能向人講解、宣說、教導、建立、揭示、分析、清楚解釋了；現在世尊的優婆夷弟子能以正法來駁斥錯誤的見解，駁斥之後，宣說非凡的法義了。大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。 　　‘大德，這句話曾出自世尊的口： “邪惡者，在我的梵行沒有流行，沒有興盛，沒有廣泛流傳，沒有遍及眾人時；在我的梵行沒有人宣說時；我不會入滅。” 大德，現在世尊的梵行流行、興盛、廣泛流傳、遍及眾人了；現在世尊的梵行有人宣說了。大德，請世尊現在入滅，請善逝現在入滅；現在是世尊入滅的時候了。’

177. ‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho’’ti.

177. “阿難，邪惡者魔羅說了這番話後，我對他說： ‘邪惡者，你不用操心。如來將在不久之後入滅。三個月之後，如來便會入滅。’ 　　“阿難，如來今天在遮巴羅廟有念、有覺知地捨棄了壽行。”

Ānandayācanakathā

178. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.

178.

‘‘Alaṃdāni, ānanda. Mā tathāgataṃ yāci, akālodāni, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yācanāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.

世尊說了這番話後，阿難尊者對他說： “大德，為了許多眾生的利益，為了許多眾生的快樂；為了悲憫世間，為了天和人的福祉、利益和快樂；請世尊活在世上一劫，請善逝活在世上一劫。” 　　“阿難，不。不要請求世尊，現在不是請求世尊的時候。” 　　阿難尊者第二次對世尊說…… 　　“阿難，不。不要請求世尊，現在不是請求世尊的時候。” 　　阿難尊者第三次對世尊說： “大德，為了許多眾生的利益，為了許多眾生的快樂；為了悲憫世間，為了天和人的福祉、利益和快樂；請世尊活在世上一劫，請善逝活在世上一劫。”

‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhi’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Atha kiñcarahi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ abhinippīḷesī’’ti? ‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’’ti. ‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānandā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

“阿難，你對如來的覺悟有沒有敬信呢？” 　　“大德，有。” 　　“阿難，那你為什麼煩擾如來三次呢？” 　　“大德，我曾在世尊面前聽過，曾在世尊面前受教： ‘阿難，如果一個人修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；他可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。阿難，如來修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；如來可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。’ ” 　　“阿難，你有沒有敬信呢？” 　　“大德，有。” 　　“阿難，這是你的過錯，這是你的過失。你不能明白如來明顯的用意、明顯的提示，沒有這樣請求如來： ‘為了許多眾生的利益，為了許多眾生的快樂；為了悲憫世間，為了天和人的福祉、利益和快樂；請世尊活在世上一劫，請善逝活在世上一劫。’ 阿難，在當時如果你請求如來兩次，如來都會拒絕；如果你作出第三次請求，如來便會答應你的請求。阿難，這是你的過錯，這是你的過失。

179. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

179. “阿難，有一次我住在王舍城靈鷲山，在那裏我也有對你說： ‘阿難，王舍城是一個怡人的地方，靈鷲山是一個怡人的地方。阿難，如果一個人修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；他可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。阿難，如來修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；如來可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。’ 阿難，你不能明白如來明顯的用意、明顯的提示，沒有這樣請求如來： ‘為了許多眾生的利益，為了許多眾生的快樂；為了悲憫世間，為了天和人的福祉、利益和快樂；請世尊活在世上一劫，請善逝活在世上一劫。’ 阿難，在當時如果你請求如來兩次，如來都會拒絕；如果你作出第三次請求，如來便會答應你的請求。阿難，這是你的過錯，這是你的過失。

180. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe…pe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṃ migadāye tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro , ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṃ jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā…pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

180. “阿難，有一次我住在王舍城喬答摩榕樹園……王舍城盜賊崖……王舍城毗富羅山七葉窟……王舍城仙人山黑石……王舍城尸陀林蛇頭山坡……王舍城多頗達園……王舍城竹園松鼠飼餵處……王舍城耆婆芒果林……阿難，有一次我住在王舍城母胎鹿野苑。 　　“在那裏我也有對你說： ‘阿難，王舍城是一個怡人的地方，靈鷲山、喬答摩榕樹園、盜賊崖、毗富羅山七葉窟、仙人山黑石、尸陀林蛇頭山坡、多頗達園、竹園松鼠飼餵處、耆婆芒果林、母胎鹿野苑是怡人的地方。 　　‘阿難，如果一個人修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；他可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。阿難，如來修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；如來可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。’ 阿難，你不能明白如來明顯的用意、明顯的提示，沒有這樣請求如來： ‘為了許多眾生的利益，為了許多眾生的快樂；為了悲憫世間，為了天和人的福祉、利益和快樂；請世尊活在世上一劫，請善逝活在世上一劫。’ 阿難，在當時如果你請求如來兩次，如來都會拒絕；如果你作出第三次請求，如來便會答應你的請求。阿難，這是你的過錯，這是你的過失。

181. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

181. “阿難，有一次我住在毗舍離優提那廟，在那裏我也有對你說： ‘阿難，毗舍離是一個怡人的地方，優提那廟是一個怡人的地方。阿難，如果一個人修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；他可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。阿難，如來修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；如來可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。’ 阿難，你不能明白如來明顯的用意、明顯的提示，沒有這樣請求如來： ‘為了許多眾生的利益，為了許多眾生的快樂；為了悲憫世間，為了天和人的福祉、利益和快樂；請世尊活在世上一劫，請善逝活在世上一劫。’ 阿難，在當時如果你請求如來兩次，如來都會拒絕；如果你作出第三次請求，如來便會答應你的請求。阿難，這是你的過錯，這是你的過失。

182. ‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ , ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sattambe cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye… idāneva kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.

182. “阿難，有一次我住在毗舍離喬答摩廟……毗舍離七芒果廟……毗舍離多子廟……毗舍離沙蘭達達廟…… 　　“阿難，今天我在遮巴羅廟這裏對你說： ‘阿難，毗舍離是一個怡人的地方，優提那廟、喬答摩廟、七芒果廟、多子廟、沙蘭達達廟、遮巴羅廟是怡人的地方。阿難，如果一個人修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；他可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。阿難，如來修習四神足；多修習，慣常地修習，透徹地修習；著手修習，令它增長，令它圓滿；如來可隨自己的意欲，活上一劫或一劫多些。’ 阿難，你不能明白如來明顯的用意、明顯的提示，沒有這樣請求如來： ‘為了許多眾生的利益，為了許多眾生的快樂；為了悲憫世間，為了天和人的福祉、利益和快樂；請世尊活在世上一劫，請善逝活在世上一劫。’ 阿難，在當時如果你請求如來兩次，如來都會拒絕；如果你作出第三次請求，如來便會答應你的請求。阿難，這是你的過錯，這是你的過失。

183. ‘‘Nanu etaṃ [evaṃ (syā. pī.)], ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva [paṭigacceva (sī. pī.)] akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo. Taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṃsena vācā bhāsitā – ‘na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Tañca [taṃ vacanaṃ (sī.)] tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti [paccāgamissatīti (syā. ka.)] netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Āyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

183. “阿難，我不是曾經對你說過嗎，所有我們的至親和喜愛的事物都會變化，都會消逝，都會和我們分離；要這些事物不變化，不消逝，不和我們分離是沒有可能的。阿難，任何生、有、眾緣和合的事物都是敗壞法，要它不敗壞是沒有可能的。阿難，如來已經終止、放下、去掉、除卻、捨棄了壽行，如來已經說出： ‘如來將在不久之後入滅。三個月之後，如來便會入滅。’ 沒可能要如來為活命而食言。 　　“阿難，來吧，我們一起去大林尖頂講堂。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。”

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.

於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往大林尖頂講堂，到了之後，對阿難尊者說： “阿難，你去叫所有住在毗舍離一帶的比丘到大堂聚集。” 　　“大德，是的。” 阿難尊者回答世尊後，便叫所有住在毗舍離一帶的比丘到大堂聚集。之後，他去到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，站在一邊，然後對世尊說： “大德，比丘僧團已經聚集好了。如果世尊認為是時候的話，請便。”

184. Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.

184. 於是世尊前往大堂，坐在為他預備好的座位上，然後對比丘說： “比丘們，我從無比智13所證得的法已對你們宣說，你們要好好學習，要接近、培育和修習；這樣的話梵行便會長久延續下去，能為許多眾生帶來利益，能為許多眾生帶來快樂，能悲憫世間，為天和人帶來福祉、利益和快樂。比丘們，我從無比智所證得的法是什麼呢？是四念處、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七覺支、八正道。比丘們，這些就是我從無比智所證得的法，你們要好好學習，要接近、培育和修習；這樣的話梵行便會長久延續下去，能為許多眾生帶來利益，能為許多眾生帶來快樂，能悲憫世間，為天和人帶來福祉、利益和快樂。”

185. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handadāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha. Naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā [ito paraṃ syāmapotthake evaṃpi pāṭho dissati –§daharāpi ca ye vuddhā, ye bālā ye ca paṇḍitā.§aḍḍhāceva daliddā ca, sabbe maccuparāyanā.§yathāpi kumbhakārassa, kataṃ mattikabhājanaṃ.§khuddakañca mahantañca, yañca pakkaṃ yañca āmakaṃ.§sabbaṃ bhedapariyantaṃ, evaṃ maccāna jīvitaṃ.§athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā]. –

185. 這時候，世尊對比丘說： “比丘們，我現在對你們說，行是衰敗法，你們要不放逸地修行取證。如來將在不久之後入滅。三個月之後，如來便會入滅。” 　　世尊．善逝．導師說了這番話後，接著再說：

‘‘Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ;

“我今已年邁， 　　生命何短少，

Pahāya vo gamissāmi, kataṃ me saraṇamattano.

將捨汝而去， 　　汝應自依止。

‘‘Appamattā satīmanto, susīlā hotha bhikkhavo;

正念不放逸， 　　比丘持淨戒，

Susamāhitasaṅkappā, sacittamanurakkhatha.

專心而思惟， 　　常隨護自心。

‘‘Yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati;

法與律之中， 　　不放逸而住，

Pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhassantaṃ karissatī’’ti [viharissati (syā.), vihessati (sī.)].

捨輪迴生死， 　　苦惱得止息。”

Tatiyo bhāṇavāro.

第三誦完

Nāgāpalokitaṃ

186. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṃ vesāliṃ apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘idaṃ pacchimakaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṃ bhavissati. Āyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo [bhaṇḍugāmo (ka.)] tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

186. 在上午，世尊穿好衣服，拿著大衣和缽入毗舍離化食。在化食完畢，吃過食物後返回來。他像大象那樣觀看毗舍離14，然後對阿難尊者說： “阿難，這是如來最後一次看毗舍離了。阿難，來吧，我們一起去賓達村。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往賓達村。世尊住在賓達村。

Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ sīlaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –

在那裏，世尊對比丘說： “比丘們，因為不覺悟、不洞悉四種法，所以我和你們長期輪迴生死。這四種法是什麼呢？ 　　“比丘們，因為不覺悟、不洞悉聖者之戒，所以我和你們長期輪迴生死。 　　“比丘們，因為不覺悟、不洞悉聖者之定，所以我和你們長期輪迴生死。 　　“比丘們，因為不覺悟、不洞悉聖者之慧，所以我和你們長期輪迴生死。 　　“比丘們，因為不覺悟、不洞悉聖者之解脫，所以我和你們長期輪迴生死。 　　“比丘們，因為現在我覺悟、洞悉聖者之戒，覺悟、洞悉聖者之定，覺悟、洞悉聖者之慧，覺悟、洞悉聖者之解脫，所以我截斷了有愛，盡除了有因，從此不再受後有。” 　　世尊．善逝．導師說了以上的話後，再說以下偈頌：

‘‘Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā;

“聖者戒定慧， 　　及無上解脫；

Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā.

聞名喬答摩， 　　覺悟此等法。

‘‘Iti buddho abhiññāya, dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṃ;

佛證此法已， 　　教化諸比丘。

Dukkhassantakaro satthā, cakkhumā parinibbuto’’ti.

導師得離苦， 　　具眼者滅盡。”

Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

世尊住在賓達村的時候，常對比丘說的，是有關戒、有關定、有關慧的教法──戒成熟時便得定，是大果報、大利益；定成熟時便得慧，是大果報、大利益；慧成熟時心便能徹底解脫欲漏、有漏、見漏、無明漏。

Catumahāpadesakathā

187. Atha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo, yena ambagāmo, yena jambugāmo, yena bhoganagaraṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhoganagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande [sānandare (ka.)] cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –

187. 世尊在賓達村住了一段時間後，便對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去呵提村。” …… 　　……芒果村…… 　　……閻浮村…… 　　世尊在閻浮村住了一段時間後，便對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去波伽城。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往波伽城。 　　世尊住在波伽城的阿難廟。在那裏，世尊對比丘說： “比丘們，我要說四大教法15，留心聽，好好用心思量，我現在說了。” 　　比丘回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 世尊說：

188. ‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni [otāretabbāni], vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni [otāriyamānāni] vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti [otaranti (sī. pī. a. ni. 4.180], na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

188. “比丘們，如果有一位比丘說： ‘賢友，我曾在佛陀跟前聽聞及受持這些法、這些律、這些導師的教誡。’ 比丘們，首先不要對這位比丘的說話隨喜，也不要排斥，好好地記著這些字句，然後和經核對，和律比較，如果在和經核對、和律比較時不相符，便可得出一個結論：肯定這不是佛陀的說話，這位比丘受持錯誤。因此應該捨棄它。如果在和經核對、和律比較時相符，便可得出一個結論：肯定這是佛陀的說話，這位比丘受持正確。比丘們，這是第一大教法，你們應要受持。

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

“比丘們，再者，如果有一位比丘說： ‘在某住處有僧團和著名的長老住在那裏。我曾在那個僧團聽聞及受持這些法、這些律、這些導師的教誡。’ 比丘們，首先不要對這位比丘的說話隨喜，也不要排斥，好好地記著這些字句，然後和經核對，和律比較，如果在和經核對、和律比較時不相符，便可得出一個結論：肯定這不是佛陀的說話，那個僧團受持錯誤。因此應該捨棄它。如果在和經核對、和律比較時相符，便可得出一個結論：肯定這是佛陀的說話，那個僧團受持正確。比丘們，這是第二大教法，你們應要受持。

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ…pe… na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni…pe… vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.

“比丘們，再者，如果有一位比丘說： ‘在某住處有幾位多聞、熟誦阿含16、持法、持律、持論母的長老比丘住在那裏。我曾在那些長老跟前聽聞及受持這些法、這些律、這些導師的教誡。’ 比丘們，首先不要對這位比丘的說話隨喜，也不要排斥，好好地記著這些字句，然後和經核對，和律比較，如果在和經核對、和律比較時不相符，便可得出一個結論：肯定這不是佛陀的說話，那些長老受持錯誤。因此應該捨棄它。如果在和經核對、和律比較時相符，便可得出一個結論：肯定這是佛陀的說話，那些長老受持正確。比丘們，這是第三大教法，你們應要受持。

‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāritabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti , niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā’’ti.

“比丘們，再者，如果有一位比丘說： ‘在某住處有一位多聞、熟誦阿含、持法、持律、持論母的長老比丘住在那裏。我曾在那位長老跟前聽聞及受持這些法、這些律、這些導師的教誡。’ 比丘們，首先不要對這位比丘的說話隨喜，也不要排斥，好好地記著這些字句，然後和經核對，和律比較，如果在和經核對、和律比較時不相符，便可得出一個結論：肯定這不是佛陀的說話，那位長老受持錯誤。因此應該捨棄它。如果在和經核對、和律比較時相符，便可得出一個結論：肯定這是佛陀的說話，那位長老受持正確。比丘們，這是第四大教法，你們應要受持。 　　“比丘們，這些就是四大教法了，你們應要受持。”

Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso . Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.

世尊住在波伽城阿難廟的時候，常對比丘說的，是有關戒、有關定、有關慧的教法──戒成熟時便得定，是大果報、大利益；定成熟時便得慧，是大果報、大利益；慧成熟時心便能徹底解脫欲漏、有漏、見漏、無明漏。

Kammāraputtacundavatthu

189. Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāvaṃ anuppatto, pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

189. 世尊在波伽城住了一段時間後，便對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去波婆。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 　　於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往波婆。世尊住在波婆純陀．鐵匠17子的芒果園。 　　純陀．鐵匠子聽到世尊到來波婆自己的芒果園的消息。他去到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，然後坐在一邊。世尊為純陀．鐵匠子說法，對他開示，對他教導，使他景仰，使他歡喜。 　　純陀．鐵匠子因世尊的說法而得到開示，得到教導，感到景仰，感到歡喜。他對世尊說： “大德，願世尊和比丘僧團明天接受我的食物。” 世尊保持沈默以表示接受供養。 　　純陀．鐵匠子知道世尊接受邀請後，便起座，向世尊作禮，右繞世尊，然後離去。

Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhagavantaṃ parivisi. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ , tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi. Atha kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.

純陀．鐵匠子在黎明的時候，吩咐在自己的住所準備美味的硬食物和軟食物，還有很多木耳18，然後使人通知世尊： “大德，現在食物已經準備好了。” 　　於是，在上午，世尊穿好衣服，拿著大衣和缽，和比丘僧團一起前往純陀．鐵匠子的住所。世尊去到後，坐在為他預備好的座位上，然後對純陀．鐵匠子說： “純陀，把所有木耳給我，把其餘所有硬食物和軟食物給比丘僧團。” 　　純陀．鐵匠子回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是他把所有木耳給世尊，把其餘所有硬食物和軟食物給比丘僧團。 　　世尊對純陀．鐵匠子說： “純陀，把所有剩下的木耳埋入地下。除了如來之外，我看不見在世間上有天、魔、梵、沙門、婆羅門、國王、人等能消受這些食物。” 　　純陀．鐵匠子回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 他把所有剩下的木耳埋入地下，然後回到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，然後坐在一邊。世尊為純陀．鐵匠子說法，使他得到開示，得到教導，感到景仰，感到歡喜，然後起座離去。

190. Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

190. 世尊吃了純陀．鐵匠子的食物，得了很重的病，他排血，生起強烈的痛楚，有性命危險。世尊保持念和覺知，忍受這些痛楚而不受困擾。 　　世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起去拘尸那羅。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。”

Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, kammārassāti me sutaṃ;

此是我所聞： 　　受純陀食物，

Ābādhaṃ samphusī dhīro, pabāḷhaṃ māraṇantikaṃ.

智者得重病， 　　幾近於殞命。

Bhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena,

受用木耳後，

Byādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno;

導師重疾生；

Virecamāno [viriccamāno (sī. syā. ka.), viriñcamāno (?)] bhagavā avoca,

世尊帶病說：

Gacchāmahaṃ kusināraṃ nagaranti.

“前往拘尸城。”

Pānīyāharaṇaṃ

191. Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā [kakuthā (sī. pī.)] nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā [setakā (sī.)] suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī [sītaṃ (sī. pī. ka.)] karissatī’’ti.

191. 世尊離開道路走到一棵樹下，對阿難尊者說： “阿難，過來，替我把大衣摺為四疊。阿難，我很疲倦，要坐下來。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 之後把大衣摺為四疊。 　　世尊坐在為他預備好的座位上，然後對阿難尊者說： “阿難，過來，替我取水。阿難，我很口渴，想要喝水。” 　　世尊說了這番話後，阿難尊者對他說： “大德，現在有大約五百輛牛車過河，這條少水的河被車輪輾得充滿泥濘和混濁。大德，在不遠的地方就是迦俱陀河，河水清淨、清甜、清涼、清澈，有美麗的河岸，十分怡人。世尊可以去那裏喝水，也可以去浸涼肢體。”

Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī’’ti.

世尊第二次對阿難尊者說： “阿難，過來，替我取水。阿難，我很口渴，想要喝水。” 　　阿難尊者第二次對世尊說： “大德，現在有大約五百輛牛車過河，這條少水的河被車輪輾得充滿泥濘和混濁。大德，在不遠的地方就是迦俱陀河，河水清淨、清甜、清涼、清澈，有美麗的河岸，十分怡人。世尊可以去那裏喝水，也可以去浸涼肢體。”

Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha [sandati (syā.)]. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Ayañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī’’ti. Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ pivatu sugato pānīya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.

世尊第三次對阿難尊者說： “阿難，過來，替我取水。阿難，我很口渴，想要喝水。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 之後拿起缽去小河。當阿難尊者去到小河的時候，被車輪輾得充滿泥濘和混濁的河水變得清澈、清淨、不再混濁。 　　這時候，阿難尊者心想： “真稀奇！從沒有發生過！如來有大能力，大威力；當我來到時，被車輪輾得充滿泥濘和混濁的河水變得清澈、清淨、不再混濁！” 他用缽取了水，回到世尊那裏，之後對世尊說： “大德，真稀奇！大德，從沒有發生過！如來有大能力，大威力；當我去到小河的時候，被車輪輾得充滿泥濘和混濁的河水變得清澈、清淨、不再混濁！讓世尊飲水，讓善逝飲水。” 　　於是，世尊飲水。

Pukkusamallaputtavatthu

192. Tena rokho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante , āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭippanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Atha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa [sakaṭasatassa (ka.)] piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavoca – ‘api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosi; apisu [api hi (sī. syā. pī.)] te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti! Āḷāre kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā pakkāmī’’ti.

192. 這時候，阿羅邏．迦藍19的弟子畢俱沙．武士子從拘尸那羅前往波婆，他在道路上行走。 　　畢俱沙．武士子看見世尊坐在樹下，便去到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，坐在一邊，然後對世尊說： “大德，真稀奇！大德，從沒有發生過！大德，遊方者能夠這樣寂靜地安住下來！ 　　“大德，在以前，阿羅邏．迦藍離開道路走到一棵樹下午休，有大約五百輛牛車接近他身邊經過。那時候，有一個人在那些牛車後面走路，他去到阿羅邏．迦藍那裏，對他說： ‘大德，你看見五百輛牛車經過嗎？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，我沒有看見。’ 　　“ ‘大德，你聽見牛車經過的聲音嗎？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，我沒有聽見那些聲音。’ 　　“ ‘大德，你睡著覺嗎？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，我不是睡著覺。’ 　　“ ‘大德，你有知覺嗎？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，是的。’ 　　“ ‘大德，你有知覺，不是睡著覺，但五百輛牛車接近身邊經過也看不見、聽不見。大德，你的大衣不是染滿了塵土嗎？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，是的。’ 　　“大德，於是這個人心想： ‘真稀奇！從沒有發生過！遊方者能夠這樣寂靜地安住下來；他有知覺，不是睡著覺，五百輛牛車接近身邊經過也看不見、聽不見！’ 他對阿羅邏．迦藍表達深信，然後離去。”

193. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, pukkusa, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā – yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyya; yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu [vijjutāsu (sī. syā. pī.)] niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni [nava vā sakaṭasatāni dasa vā sakaṭasatāni (sī.)], sakaṭasahassaṃ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṃ vā. Atha kho etadeva dukkarataraṃ ceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti.

193. “畢俱沙，你認為哪樣比較難做到呢？一個人有知覺，不是睡著覺，五百輛牛車接近身邊經過也看不見、聽不見；還是一個人有知覺，不是睡著覺，雨下得嘩啦嘩啦作響，閃電和打雷也看不見、聽不見？” 　　“大德，不要說五百輛牛車看不見、聽不見，即使六百、七百以至十萬輛牛車看不見、聽不見也難不過一個人有知覺，不是睡著覺，雨下得嘩啦嘩啦作響，閃電和打雷也看不見、聽不見。”

‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayaṃ ātumāyaṃ viharāmi bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā [balibaddā (sī. pī.)]. Atha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho panāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi. Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho ahaṃ, pukkusa, taṃ purisaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kiṃ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti? ‘Idāni , bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā. Ettheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito. Tvaṃ pana, bhante, kva ahosī’ti? ‘Idheva kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti?

“畢俱沙，有一次我住在阿偷摩的打穀場。那時候雨下得嘩啦嘩啦作響，閃電和打雷，雷電劈死了打穀場的農夫兩兄弟和四頭牛。畢俱沙，當時很多人從阿偷摩去到農夫兩兄弟和四頭牛被劈死那裏。 　　“畢俱沙，那時候我從打穀場出來，在閘口空曠的地方行禪。有一個人從眾人之中走來我那裏，對我作禮，站在一邊，之後我問這個人： 　　“ ‘賢友，為什麼眾人聚集在一起呢？’ 　　“ ‘大德，之前雨下得嘩啦嘩啦作響，閃電和打雷，雷電劈死了農夫兩兄弟和四頭牛，所以現在眾人在這裏聚集一起。大德，當時你在哪裏呢？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，我就在這裏。’ 　　“ ‘大德，你看見當時的情形嗎？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，我沒有看見。’ 　　“ ‘大德，你聽見那些聲音嗎？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，我沒有聽見那些聲音。’ 　　“ ‘大德，你睡著覺嗎？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，我不是睡著覺。’ 　　“ ‘大德，你有知覺嗎？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，是的。’ 　　“ ‘大德，你有知覺，不是睡著覺，但雨下得嘩啦嘩啦作響，閃電和打雷，雷電劈死了農夫兩兄弟和四頭牛也看不見、聽不見？’ 　　“ ‘賢友，是的。’

‘‘Atha kho, pukkusa, purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti [suṇissati (syā.)]. Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmī’’ti.

“畢俱沙，於是這個人心想： ‘真稀奇！從沒有發生過！遊方者能夠這樣寂靜地安住下來；他有知覺，不是睡著覺，雨下得嘩啦嘩啦作響，閃電和打雷，雷電劈死了農夫兩兄弟和四頭牛也看不見、聽不見！’ 他對我表達深信，向我作禮，對我右繞，然後離去。”

Evaṃ vutte pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘esāhaṃ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṃ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya [siṅghasotāya (ka.)] vā nadiyā pavāhemi. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.

世尊說了這番話後，畢俱沙．武士子對他說： “大德，所有我對阿羅邏．迦藍的淨信都讓它被大風吹散，都讓它被河水的急流沖走。大德，妙極了！大德，妙極了！世尊能以各種不同的方式來演說法義，就像把倒轉了的東西反正過來；像為受覆蓋的東西揭開遮掩；像為迷路者指示正道；像在黑暗中拿著油燈的人，使其他有眼睛的人可以看見東西。大德，我皈依世尊、皈依法、皈依比丘僧。願世尊接受我為優婆塞，從現在起，直至命終，終生皈依！”

194. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āhari [āharasi (ka.)]. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ, taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṃ acchādehi, ekena ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṃ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṃ mallaputtaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.

194. 畢俱沙．武士子對下人說： “過來，你拿一雙金色的細滑披肩給我。” 　　下人回答畢俱沙．武士子： “主人，是的。” 之後拿來一雙金色的細滑披肩。 　　於是畢俱沙．武士子把一雙披肩供養世尊，並說： “大德，世尊悲憫，願大德接受我這雙金色的細滑披肩。” 　　“畢俱沙，既然這樣，你給我披上一件，給阿難披上一件吧。” 　　畢俱沙．武士子回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 之後給世尊披上一件，給阿難披上一件。 　　世尊為畢俱沙．武士子說法，對他開示，對他教導，使他景仰，使他歡喜。畢俱沙．武士子因世尊的說法而得到開示，得到教導，感到景仰，感到歡喜。他起座，向世尊作禮，右繞世尊，然後離去。

195. Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi. Taṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya [vītaccikaṃviya (sī. pī.)] khāyati. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Katamesu dvīsu? Yañca, ānanda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Imesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. ‘‘Ajja kho, panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena [antare (syā.)] yamakasālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati [bhavissatīti (ka.)]. Āyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

195. 畢俱沙．武士子離去不久，阿難尊者把自己的披肩披在世尊身上。這時候，在世尊身上一雙金色的細滑披肩似乎變得失去光澤。 　　於是阿難尊者對世尊說： “大德，真稀奇！大德，從沒有發生過！大德，如來的膚色這麼清淨、這麼明晰，在世尊身上一雙金色的細滑披肩似乎變得失去光澤！” 　　“阿難，正是這樣。阿難，有兩次如來的膚色是特別清淨、特別明晰的。哪兩次呢？阿難，一次是如來覺悟無上正等正覺的時候，一次是如來進入無餘湼槃界的時候。阿難，這兩次如來的膚色是特別清淨、特別明晰的。 　　 　　“阿難，今天後夜時分，如來將會在拘尸那羅武士子的優波跋多那娑羅林雙樹中間入滅。阿難，來吧，我們一起去迦俱陀河。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。”

Siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ, pukkuso abhihārayi;

披上金披肩， 　　畢俱沙所供；

Tena acchādito satthā, hemavaṇṇo asobhathāti.

導師金色身， 　　散發明亮光。

196. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṃ nadiṃ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cundakaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, cundaka, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī’’ti.

196. 於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起前往迦俱陀河。世尊去到迦俱陀河後，走進河裏沐浴和喝水，之後上岸去到一個芒果園，他對純陀迦尊者說： “純陀迦，過來，替我把大衣摺為四疊。純陀迦，我很疲倦，要躺下來。”

‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā. Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.

純陀迦尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 之後把大衣摺為四疊。 　　 　　世尊右側睡獅子臥，一隻腳比另一隻腳高些20，有念和覺知，心裏知道什麼時候要起來。純陀迦尊者在世尊前面坐下來。

Gantvāna buddho nadikaṃ kakudhaṃ,

佛陀大導師， 　　前往迦俱河；

Acchodakaṃ sātudakaṃ vippasannaṃ;

河水清又甜， 　　兼且甚清澈。;

Ogāhi satthā akilantarūpo [sukilantarūpo (sī. pī.)],

導師疲憊身， 　　浸入於水中；

Tathāgato appaṭimo ca [appaṭimodha (pī.)] loke.

如來在世間， 　　最勝無倫匹。

Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā [pivitvā cundakena, pivitvā ca uttari (ka.)],

沐浴飲水已， 　　導師從水出；

Purakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe;

旁有比丘眾， 　　導師在其中。

Vattā [satthā (sī. syā. pī.)] pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme,

世尊大導師， 　　宣講正法者，

Upāgami ambavanaṃ mahesi.

世尊大仙人， 　　前往芒果園。

Āmantayi cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,

世尊大導師， 　　吩咐純陀迦，

Catugguṇaṃ santhara me nipajjaṃ;

將衣摺四疊， 　　欲躺臥休息。

So codito bhāvitattena cundo,

純陀迦比丘， 　　聞佛吩咐已，

Catugguṇaṃ santhari khippameva.

隨即為世尊， 　　將衣摺四疊。

Nipajji satthā akilantarūpo,

導師疲憊身， 　　躺下來休息；

Cundopi tattha pamukhe [samukhe (ka.)] nisīdīti.

純陀迦比丘， 　　坐在世尊前。

197. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho [yo kho (ka.)], panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyya – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – dve me piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā [samā samaphalā (ka.)] samavipākā [samasamavipākā (sī. syā. pī.)], ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā , ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Āyusaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukhasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyyasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacita’nti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –

197. 這時候世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，可能有人會對純陀．鐵匠子說這樣的話而使他生起懊悔： ‘純陀賢友，你沒有得著，這是你的錯失，如來最後吃了你的食物便入滅。’ 　　“阿難，應這樣清除純陀．鐵匠子的懊悔，為他說： ‘賢友，你有得著，這是你的得益，如來最後吃了你的食物便入滅。純陀賢友，我曾在世尊跟前聽聞及受持，有兩次食物布施同樣有很大的果、很大的報，比起其他的食物布施有更大的果報、更大的利益。哪兩次呢？一次是吃了那些食物，如來覺悟無上正等正覺；一次是吃了那些食物，如來進入無餘湼槃界。這兩次食物布施同樣有很大的果、很大的報，比起其他的食物布施有更大的果報、更大的利益。賢者純陀．鐵匠子所造的業能帶來長壽、美貌、快樂、名聲、生天、為王。’ 　　“阿難，應這樣清除純陀．鐵匠子的懊悔。” 　　 　　這時世尊有感而發，說出感興偈：

‘‘Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati,

“布施積福德，

Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati;

節制息怨對，

Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ,

善人捨惡法，

Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto’’ti.

息滅貪瞋癡。”

Catuttho bhāṇavāro.

第四阿羅邏方廣誦完

Yamakasālā

198. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti . ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.

198. 世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，來吧，我們一起渡過熙連禪河，去拘尸那羅武士子的優波跋多那娑羅林。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 　　於是世尊便和人數眾多的比丘僧團一起渡過熙連禪河，前往拘尸那羅武士子的優波跋多那娑羅林。世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，過來，替我在雙娑羅樹中間舖床，頭向北方21。阿難，我很疲倦，要躺下來。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 之後在雙娑羅樹中間舖床，頭向北方。於是世尊右側睡獅子臥，一隻腳比另一隻腳高些，有念和覺知。

Tena kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.

這時不是開花的時候，但雙娑羅樹充滿了盛開的花，紛紛散落在如來身上以供養如來；天上的曼陀羅花在天空中飄下，紛紛散落在如來身上以供養如來；天上的檀香粉在天空中飄下，紛紛散落在如來身上以供養如來；天上的音樂在天空中響起以供養如來；天上的歌聲在天空中響起以供養如來。

199. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Na kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati [idaṃ padaṃ sīsyāipotthakesu na dissati], paramāya pūjāya. Tasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti. Evañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabba’’nti.

199. 這時候世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，這時不是開花的時候，但雙娑羅樹充滿了盛開的花，紛紛散落在如來身上以供養如來；天上的曼陀羅花在天空中飄下，紛紛散落在如來身上以供養如來；天上的檀香粉在天空中飄下，紛紛散落在如來身上以供養如來；天上的音樂在天空中響起以供養如來；天上的歌聲在天空中響起以供養如來。 　　“阿難，以上不算是最高的照料、恭敬、尊重、供養或禮敬如來，如果一位比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞或優婆夷進入正法，方向正確地進入正道，依法而行，他就是對如來作出最高的照料、恭敬、尊重、供養。阿難，所以應這樣修學：進入正法，方向正確地進入正道，依法而行。”

Upavāṇatthero

200. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāresi – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinitudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti – ‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti.

200. 這時候優波婆那尊者站在世尊前面為世尊扇涼。世尊著他離去，對他說： “比丘，離去。不要站在我前面。” 　　阿難尊者心想： “這位優波婆那尊者長期做世尊的侍者，常在世尊跟前，常在世尊附近，但世尊在最後的時刻竟然著他離去，對他說： ‘比丘，離去。不要站在我前面。’ 是什麼原因和條件使世尊著優波婆那尊者離去呢？” 　　 　　於是阿難尊者對世尊說： “大德，這位優波婆那尊者長期做世尊的侍者，常在世尊跟前，常在世尊附近，但世尊在最後的時刻竟然著他離去，對他說： ‘比丘，離去。不要站在我前面。’ 是什麼原因和條件使世尊著優波婆那尊者離去呢？” 　　“阿難，幾乎所有十方世界的天神都來看如來。在娑羅林方圓十二由旬這個範圍之內連馬毛端也放不下，都被大勢力的天神所擠滿。阿難，天神叫嚷： ‘我們從很遠的地方來看如來。如來．阿羅漢．等正覺在世間出現是很稀有的事情，在今天晚上後夜時分，如來將會入滅，但這位大勢力的比丘站在世尊前面遮擋著，使我們看不見如來最後的時刻。’ 阿難，天神在叫嚷。”

201. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī’’ti [manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]? ‘‘Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti [chinnaṃpādaṃviya papatanti (syā.)], āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ [cakkhumā (syā. ka.)] loke antaradhaṃāyissatī’ti.

201. “大德，在世尊心裏所看見的天神是怎麼樣的呢？” 　　“阿難，一些在天空的天神，以天空為地想。有的弄亂頭髮在痛泣；有的緊抱雙臂在痛泣；有的從石上跳下，在地上滾來滾去。他們叫嚷： ‘世尊太快入滅了！善逝太快入滅了！世間的眼睛太快消失了！’

‘‘Santānanda, devatā pathaviyaṃ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’’’ti.

“阿難，一些在地上的天神，以地為地想。有的弄亂頭髮在痛泣；有的緊抱雙臂在痛泣；有的從石上跳下，在地上滾來滾去。他們叫嚷： ‘世尊太快入滅了！善逝太快入滅了！世間的眼睛太快消失了！’

‘‘Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti.

一些離了貪著的天神，他們具有念和覺知，明白到行是無常的，要世尊不入滅是不可能的。”

Catusaṃvejanīyaṭṭhānāni

202. ‘‘Pubbe , bhante, disāsu vassaṃ vuṭṭhā [vassaṃvutthā (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Te mayaṃ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya. Bhagavato pana mayaṃ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā’’ti.

202. “大德，以前各方的比丘在雨季安居之後，有機會來看如來及受人敬重的大比丘。大德，世尊離去後，我們便沒有這個機會了。”

‘‘Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’nti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Imāni kho , ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.

“阿難，有四個使人敬仰的地方，有敬信的人應去朝禮。這四個是什麼地方呢？ 　　“阿難，如來出生之處是使人敬仰的地方，有敬信的人應去朝禮。 　　“阿難，如來覺悟無上正等正覺之處是使人敬仰的地方，有敬信的人應去朝禮。 　　“阿難，如來轉無上法輪之處是使人敬仰的地方，有敬信的人應去朝禮。 　　“阿難，如來進入無餘湼槃界之處是使人敬仰的地方，有敬信的人應去朝禮。 　　“阿難，這些就是四個使人敬仰的地方了。有敬信的人應去朝禮。

‘‘Āgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo – ‘idha tathāgato jāto’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’tipi, ‘idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’ntipi, ‘idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’tipi. Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṅkarissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissantī’’ti.

阿難，有敬信的比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷去到這四個地方，心裏便會想起： ‘這就是如來出生之處了。’ ‘這就是如來覺悟無上正等正覺之處了。’ ‘這就是如來轉無上法輪之處了。’ ‘這就是如來進入無餘湼槃界之處了。’ 　　“阿難，任何人以淨信心來朝禮塔寺，他們在身壞命終之後，將會投生在善趣、天界之中。”

Ānandapucchākathā

203. ‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Adassanaṃ, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Anālāpo, ānandā’’ti . ‘‘Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti.

203. “大德，對於婦女，我們應怎樣做呢？” 　　“阿難，不要看她們。” 　　“大德22，在看見她們的時候，我們應怎樣做呢？” 　　“阿難，不要和她們談話。” 　　“大德，在和她們談話的時候，我們應怎樣做呢？” 　　“阿難，應要保持念。”

204. ‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya. Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha [sadatthe anuyuñjatha (sī. syā.), sadatthaṃ anuyuñjatha (pī.), sāratthe anuyuñjatha (ka.)], sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. Santānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti.

204. “大德，對於如來舍利，我們應怎樣做呢？” 　　“阿難，供養如來舍利的事情不用你們操心，你們應為最高的目標而努力，為最高的目標而修習，為最高的目標而不放逸、勤奮、專心一意。阿難，有智慧的剎帝利、有智慧的婆羅門、有智慧的居士對如來有很深的淨信，他們將會做供養如來舍利的事情。”

205. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ [sarīre (syā. ka.)] veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe [cātummahāpathe (sī. syā. kaṃ. pī.)] rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti . Evaṃ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ [vaṇṇakaṃ (sī. pī.)] vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.

205. “大德，如來舍利怎樣處理呢？” 　　“阿難，處理如來舍利就跟處理轉輪王舍利那樣。” 　　“大德，轉輪王舍利是怎樣處理的呢？” 　　“阿難，先用潔淨的布包裹轉輪王舍利，再用綿布來包裹，再用潔淨的布來包裹，就是這樣用五百層潔淨的布和五百層綿布來包裹轉輪王舍利，然後把它放進一個盛滿油的鐵棺之中，蓋上鐵棺蓋，用各種香木來火化，最後在繁盛的大路興建轉輪王塔。阿難，這就是處理轉輪王舍利的方法了。 　　“阿難，處理如來舍利就跟處理轉輪王舍利那樣。在繁盛的大路興建如來塔，人們在那裏獻花環、燃香、髹漆、作禮或生起淨信心，他們將會長期得到利益和快樂。

Thūpārahapuggalo

206. ‘‘Cattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā. Katame cattāro? Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī [cakkavatti (syā. ka.)] thūpārahoti.

206. “阿難，有四種人應要為他興建塔。哪四種人呢？ 　　“如來．阿羅漢．等正覺、辟支佛、如來的弟子、轉輪王。

‘‘Kiñcānanda , atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.

“阿難，是什麼原因應為如來．阿羅漢．等正覺興建塔呢？阿難，人們看見塔後，心想： ‘這就是世尊．阿羅漢．等正覺的塔了。’ 他們會生起淨信心。他們對塔有了淨信心，在身壞命終之後，會投生在善趣、天界之中。阿難，這就是應為如來．阿羅漢．等正覺興建塔的原因了。

‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.

“阿難，是什麼原因應為辟支佛興建塔呢？阿難，人們看見塔後，心想： ‘這就是辟支佛的塔了。’ 他們會生起淨信心。他們對塔有了淨信心，在身壞命終之後，會投生在善趣、天界之中。阿難，這就是應為辟支佛興建塔的原因了。

‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.

“阿難，是什麼原因應為如來的弟子興建塔呢？阿難，人們看見塔後，心想： ‘這就是如來弟子的塔了。’ 他們會生起淨信心。他們對塔有了淨信心，在身壞命終之後，會投生在善趣、天界之中。阿難，這就是應為如來的弟子興建塔的原因了。

‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho. Ime kho, ānanda cattāro thūpārahā’’ti.

“阿難，是什麼原因應為轉輪王興建塔呢？阿難，人們看見塔後，心想： ‘這就是轉輪王的塔了。’ 他們會生起淨信心。他們對塔有了淨信心，在身壞命終之後，會投生在善趣、天界之中。阿難，這就是應為轉輪王興建塔的原因了。 　　“阿難，這些就是四種應要為他興建塔的人了。”

Ānandaacchariyadhammo

207. Atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando’’ti? ‘‘Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito – ‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’; taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgharattaṃ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. Katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’’ti.

207. 這時候阿難尊者走進住所，依著門楣，站著來哭泣，心想： “我的導師對我有悲憫心，他將入滅了，但我還是一個學人，還需要修學。” 　　這時候世尊問比丘： “比丘們，阿難在哪裏呢？” 　　“大德，阿難尊者走進住所，依著門楣，站著來哭泣。” 　　於是世尊對一位比丘說： “比丘，你過來，用我的名義對阿難說： ‘阿難賢友，導師叫你。’ ” 　　這位比丘回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 之後去到阿難尊者那裏，對阿難尊者說： “阿難賢友，導師叫你。” 　　阿難尊者回答這位比丘： “賢友，是的。” 之後去到世尊那裏，對世尊作禮，然後坐在一邊。 　　 　　世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，不。不要憂愁，不要悲傷。阿難，我不是曾經對你說過嗎，所有我們的至親和喜愛的事物都會變化，都會消逝，都會和我們分離；要這些事物不變化，不消逝，不和我們分離是沒有可能的。阿難，任何生、有、眾緣和合的事物都是敗壞法，要它不敗壞是沒有可能的。阿難，你長期為如來的利益和快樂著想，一心一意，以無量的慈心作身業、口業、意業來侍奉如來。阿難，你有功德。作出努力，不久你便會得到無漏。”

208. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando; medhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando. Jānāti ‘ayaṃ kālo tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ , ayaṃ kālo upāsikānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthiyasāvakāna’nti.

208. 世尊對比丘說： 　　“比丘們，過去所有的阿羅漢．等正覺．世尊都有一位最好的侍者，正如我有阿難那樣。將來所有的阿羅漢．等正覺．世尊都有一位最好的侍者，正如我有阿難那樣。 　　“比丘們，阿難是一位智者，他知道什麼是適當的時候讓比丘、比丘尼、優婆塞、優婆夷、國王、大臣、外道、外道的弟子去見如來。

209. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā [abbhutadhammā (syā. ka.)] ānande. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce, ānando, dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.

209. “比丘們，阿難有四種稀有、難得的特質。這四種特質是什麼呢？ 　　“比丘們，如果比丘眾去見阿難，他們看見阿難時會感到高興；如果阿難對他們說法，他們會對阿難所說的法感到高興；當阿難說完法，靜默下來時，他們會想阿難再說多些。 　　“比丘們，如果比丘尼眾去見阿難…… 　　“比丘們，如果優婆塞眾去見阿難…… 　　“比丘們，如果優婆夷眾去見阿難，她們看見阿難時會感到高興；如果阿難對她們說法，她們會對阿難所說的法感到高興；當阿難說完法，靜默下來時，她們會想阿難再說多些。

‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. Katame cattāro ? Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Sace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā…pe… gahapatiparisā…pe… samaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti, atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā…pe… upāsakaparisā…pe… upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’ti.

“比丘們，轉輪王有四種稀有、難得的特質。 　　“比丘們，如果剎帝利眾去見轉輪王，他們看見轉輪王時會感到高興；如果轉輪王對他們說話，他們會對轉輪王所說的話感到高興；當轉輪王說完話，靜默下來時，他們會想轉輪王再說多些。 　　“比丘們，如果婆羅門眾去見轉輪王…… 　　“比丘們，如果居士眾去見轉輪王…… 　　“比丘們，如果沙門眾去見轉輪王，他們看見轉輪王時會感到高興；如果轉輪王對他們說話，他們會對轉輪王所說的話感到高興；當轉輪王說完話，靜默下來時，他們會想轉輪王再說多些。 　　“比丘們，就像轉輪王那樣，阿難有四種稀有、難得的特質。 　　“比丘們，如果比丘眾去見阿難，他們看見阿難時會感到高興；如果阿難對他們說法，他們會對阿難所說的法感到高興；當阿難說完法，靜默下來時，他們會想阿難再說多些。 　　“比丘們，如果比丘尼眾去見阿難…… 　　“比丘們，如果優婆塞眾去見阿難…… 　　“比丘們，如果優婆夷眾去見阿難，她們看見阿難時會感到高興；如果阿難對她們說法，她們會對阿難所說的法感到高興；當阿難說完法，靜默下來時，她們會想阿難再說多些。 　　“比丘們，這些就是阿難四種稀有、難得的特質了。”

Mahāsudassanasuttadesanā

210. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṃ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi. Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṃ – campā rājagahaṃ sāvatthī sāketaṃ kosambī bārāṇasī; ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā. Te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti ‘‘māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca; māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca – ‘khuddakanagarakaṃ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṃ sākhānagaraka’nti.

210. 世尊說了這番話後，阿難尊者對他說： “大德，請世尊不要在這個小城市、荒蕪的城市、不重要的城市入滅。大德，有其他大城市如瞻波、王舍城、舍衛城、沙祇多、拘睒彌、波羅奈等，請世尊在那裏入滅，那裏有很多富有的剎帝利、富有的婆羅門、富有的居士對如來有很深的淨信，他們會供養如來舍利。” 　　“阿難，不要這樣說。阿難，不要說這裏是個小城市、荒蕪的城市、不重要的城市。

‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janappadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṃ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṃ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṃ – hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.

“阿難，從前有個轉輪法王稱為大善見。法王征服四方國土，擁有七寶。阿難，拘尸那羅這裏就是當時大善見王的國都，稱為拘舍婆提。國都由東至西闊十二由旬，由南至北長七由旬。 　　“阿難，拘舍婆提國都富庶、繁榮、人口眾多、食物充足。阿難，天神有一個稱為阿荼槃多的國都，那裏富庶、繁榮、夜叉眾多、食物充足。阿難，就像阿荼槃多那樣，拘舍婆提國都富庶、繁榮、人口眾多、食物充足。 　　“阿難，拘舍婆提國都日夜離不開十種聲音：象聲、馬聲、車聲、大鼓聲、小鼓聲、琴聲、歌聲、鈸聲、鑼聲、喚人飲食聲。

‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi.

“阿難，你入去拘尸那羅，通知拘尸那羅的武士子： ‘婆舍多23，今天後夜時分如來將會入滅。婆舍多，趕快去！婆舍多，趕快去！不要過後因在自己的地方看不見如來最後一刻而懊悔。’ ” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 於是穿好衣服，拿著大衣和缽，和另一人24入拘尸那羅。

Mallānaṃ vandanā

211. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre [santhāgāre (sī. syā. pī.)] sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho ahaṃ kosinārake malle ekamekaṃ bhagavantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.

211. 這時候，拘尸那羅的武士子聚集在聚集堂裏處理一些事務。阿難去到拘尸那羅武士子的聚集堂，通知拘尸那羅的武士子： “婆舍多，今天後夜時分如來將會入滅。婆舍多，趕快去！婆舍多，趕快去！不要過後因在自己的地方看不見如來最後一刻而懊悔。” 　　 　　聽了阿難尊者的說話後，武士子和他們的妻子、兒子、媳婦都感到痛惜和傷心，內心充滿苦惱。他們有些人弄亂頭髮在痛泣；有些人緊抱雙臂在痛泣；有些人從石上跳下，在地上滾來滾去。他們叫嚷： “世尊太快入滅了！善逝太快入滅了！世間的眼睛太快消失了！” 　　武士子和他們的妻子、兒子、媳婦帶著痛惜和傷心，內心充滿苦惱地前往優波跋多那娑羅林，去到阿難尊者那裏。 　　 　　阿難尊者心想： “如果我讓拘尸那羅的武士子一個跟一個地頂禮世尊，到這晚完結時他們也不能頂禮完。不如我安排拘尸那羅的武士子一家人跟一家人地頂禮世尊吧。” 　　於是阿難尊者安排拘尸那羅的武士子一家人跟一家人地頂禮世尊。他逐一稱喚： “大德，這是某某姓名的武士子，跟他的妻子、兒女、親友等眾人一起頂禮世尊雙足。” 　　阿難尊者用這個方法，拘尸那羅的武士子在初夜時分頂禮完世尊。

Subhaddaparibbājakavatthu

212. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho subhaddo paribbājako – ‘‘ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako…pe… tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti.

212. 這時候有一位稱為須跋陀的遊方者住在拘尸那羅。他聽到喬答摩沙門將會在當天後夜時分入滅的消息，於是心想： 　　“我曾經聽過一些年長、祖師輩的遊方者交談，他們說如來．阿羅漢．等正覺在世間出現是很罕有的。喬答摩沙門將會在今天後夜時分入滅。我的心裏有一個疑團，而我對喬答摩沙門有淨信，喬答摩沙門能夠幫助我，為我說法，驅除我心裏的疑團。” 　　 　　於是須跋陀遊方者前往武士子的優波跋多那娑羅林，去到阿難尊者那裏，對阿難尊者說： 　　“阿難賢者，我曾經聽過一些年長、祖師輩的遊方者交談，他們說如來．阿羅漢．等正覺在世間出現是很罕有的。喬答摩沙門將會在今天後夜時分入滅。我的心裏有一個疑團，而我對喬答摩沙門有淨信，喬答摩沙門能夠幫助我，為我說法，驅除我心裏的疑團。阿難賢者，我可否去見喬答摩沙門呢？” 　　須跋陀遊方者說了這番話後，阿難尊者對他說： “須跋陀賢友，不。不要煩擾如來，世尊很疲倦。” 　　須跋陀遊方者第二次…… 　　須跋陀遊方者第三次對阿難尊者說： “阿難賢者，我曾經聽過一些年長、祖師輩的遊方者交談，他們說如來．阿羅漢．等正覺在世間出現是很罕有的。喬答摩沙門將會在今天後夜時分入滅。我的心裏有一個疑團，而我對喬答摩沙門有淨信，喬答摩沙門能夠幫助我，為我說法，驅除我心裏的疑團。阿難賢者，我可否去見喬答摩沙門呢？” 　　須跋陀遊方者說了這番話後，阿難尊者第三次對他說： “須跋陀賢友，不。不要煩擾如來，世尊很疲倦。”

213. Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṃ taṃ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho. Yaṃ cassāhaṃ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsa’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathidaṃ – pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu , udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’’ti? ‘‘Alaṃ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṃ – ‘sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’ti. Dhammaṃ te, subhadda, desessāmi; taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –

213. 世尊聽到阿難尊者和須跋陀遊方者的談話，他對阿難尊者說： 　　“阿難，不。不要阻止須跋陀。阿難，讓須跋陀來見如來吧。須跋陀要問我的，都是為了想得究竟智而問，不是為了煩擾而問。無論他問什麼問題，我會為他解釋，他很快便會明白。” 　　 　　於是須跋陀遊方者去到世尊那裏，和世尊互相問候，作了一番悅意的交談，然後坐在一邊。須跋陀遊方者對世尊說： 　　“喬答摩賢者，一些沙門婆羅門如富蘭那．迦葉、末伽梨．拘舍梨、阿耆多．翅舍欽婆羅、波拘陀．迦旃延、散若耶．毗羅胝子、尼乾陀．若提子擁有教團，擁有教派，是教派的老師，為人所認知，有名望，是宗派的創立人，受很多人推崇；他們都宣稱自己得到最高的智慧。究竟他們全都得不到最高的智慧；還是一些得到，一些得不到呢？” 　　“須跋陀，不。不要問這些事情。須跋陀，我將要為你說法，留心聽，好好用心思量，我現在說了。” 　　須跋陀遊方者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 世尊說：

214. ‘‘Yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi [aññe (pī.)]. Ime ca [idheva (ka.)], subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.

214. “須跋陀，在任何的法和律之中，如果找不到八正道便找不到沙門，找不到第二沙門、第三沙門、第四沙門25；在任何的法和律之中，如果找得到八正道便找得到沙門，找得到第二沙門、第三沙門、第四沙門。須跋陀，在這裏的法和律之中能找得到八正道，所以只有這裏才能找得到沙門，找得到第二沙門、第三沙門、第四沙門。其他的教法是沒有沙門的，缺乏沙門的。須跋陀，如果比丘生活在正道之中，世間是不會沒有阿羅漢的。

‘‘Ekūnatiṃso vayasā subhadda,

“我年二十九，

Yaṃ pabbajiṃ kiṃkusalānuesī;

出家尋善法；

Vassāni paññāsa samādhikāni,

從出家至今，

Yato ahaṃ pabbajito subhadda.

多於五十年。

Ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī,

唯此有正法，

Ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.

之外無沙門。

‘‘Dutiyopi samaṇo natthi. Tatiyopi samaṇo natthi. Catutthopi samaṇo natthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā’’ti.

“沒有第二沙門、第三沙門、第四沙門。26其他的教法是沒有沙門的，缺乏沙門的。須跋陀，如果比丘生活在正道之中，世間是不會沒有阿羅漢的。”

215. Evaṃ vutte subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Api ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā’’ti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṃ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā’’ti.

215. 世尊說了這番話後，須跋陀遊方者對他說： “大德，妙極了！大德，妙極了！世尊能以各種不同的方式來演說法義，就像把倒轉了的東西反正過來；像為受覆蓋的東西揭開遮掩；像為迷路者指示正道；像在黑暗中拿著油燈的人，使其他有眼睛的人可以看見東西。大德，我皈依世尊、皈依法、皈依比丘僧。願我能在世尊的座下出家，願我能受具足戒。” 　　“須跋陀，以前曾是外道的人，想在這裏的法和律之中出家和受具足戒，是需要接受四個月觀察期的；過了四個月，比丘滿意的話，便接受他出家，授與他具足戒，讓他成為一位比丘。然而，每個人都不同，有些人是可以豁免的。” 　　 　　“大德，如果外道需要接受四個月觀察期的話，我可以接受四年觀察期，過了四年，比丘滿意的話，便接受我出家，授與我具足戒，讓我成為一位比丘。”

Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tenahānanda, subhaddaṃ pabbājehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṃ vo, āvuso ānanda, ye ettha satthu [satthārā (syā.)] sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā’’ti. Alattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – ‘yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti’ tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi. So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.

於是世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，既然這樣，幫他剃度出家吧。” 　　阿難尊者回答世尊： “大德，是的。” 　　 　　須跋陀遊方者對阿難尊者說： 　　“阿難賢友，你們有得著。阿難賢友，你們有得益。你們生活在導師跟前。” 　　須跋陀遊方者在世尊座下出家，受具足戒。受具足戒不久，須跋陀尊者獨處、遠離、不放逸、勤奮、專心一意，不久便親身以無比智來體證這義理，然後安住在證悟之中。在家庭生活的人，出家過沒有家庭的生活，就是為了在現生之中完滿梵行，達成這個無上的目標。他自己知道：生已經盡除，梵行已經達成，應要做的已經做完，沒有下一生27。 　　須跋陀尊者成為另一位阿羅漢，他是最後一位世尊眼見的弟子。

Pañcamo bhāṇavāro.

第五熙連禪誦完

Tathāgatapacchimavācā

216. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, natthi no satthā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā. Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo. Navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu ‘bhante’ti vā ‘āyasmā’ti vā samudācaritabbo. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu. Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo’’ti. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo’’ti? ‘‘Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya. So bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo’’ti.

216. 世尊對阿難尊者說： “阿難，可能你會這樣想： ‘導師的說話已經成為過去，我們沒有導師了。’ 阿難，不要這樣想。阿難，當我離去後，我所宣說的法和律就是你們的導師了。 　　 　　“阿難，現在比丘之間互相以賢友這個稱謂來稱呼，在我離去之後便不應這樣了。阿難，長老比丘應以名字、族姓或賢友來稱呼年輕比丘，年輕比丘應以大德或尊者來稱呼長老比丘。 　　 　　“阿難，在我離去後，可按僧團的意願廢除細小的戒。 　　 　　“阿難，在我離去後，應向車匿比丘施行梵罰。” 　　“大德，什麼是梵罰呢？” 　　“阿難，無論車匿比丘想要什麼，想說什麼，比丘都不和他說話，不給他指示，不對他教誡。”

217. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū’’ti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’’’ti. ‘‘Pasādā kho tvaṃ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti.

217. 世尊對比丘說： 　　“比丘們，如果你們任何人對佛、法、僧、道或修行方法有疑惑或不清楚的地方，把問題提出來。不要過後因世尊在面前也沒有問而懊悔。” 　　世尊說了這番話後，比丘保持肅靜。 　　世尊第二次對比丘說…… 　　世尊第三次對比丘說： 　　“比丘們，如果你們任何人對佛、法、僧、道或修行方法有疑惑或不清楚的地方，把問題提出來。不要過後因世尊在面前也沒有問而懊悔。” 　　比丘第三次保持肅靜。 　　這時候，世尊對比丘說： 　　“比丘們，如果你是出於對導師的尊敬而不發問，把問題告訴同伴，叫他代你發問吧。” 　　世尊說了這番話後，比丘依然保持肅靜。 　　 　　這時候，阿難尊者對世尊說： 　　“大德，真稀有！大德，真難得！大德，我有這份淨信：在這個僧團裏，沒有一位比丘對佛、法、僧、道或修行方法有疑惑或不清楚的地方。” 　　“阿難，你是出於淨信而說以上的說話。阿難，如來知道：在這個僧團裏，沒有一位比丘對佛、法、僧、道或修行方法有疑惑或不清楚的地方。阿難，這五百位比丘最低的一位都已得到入流果，不會墮落惡道，肯定會得到覺悟。”

218. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā’’ti. Ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.

218. 世尊對比丘說： 　　“比丘們，我現在對你們說，行是衰敗法，你們要不放逸地修行取證。” 　　這是如來最後的說話。

Parinibbutakathā

219. Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajji.

219. 這時候，世尊進入初禪。他從初禪出，之後進入二禪。他從二禪出，之後進入三禪。他從三禪出，之後進入四禪。他從四禪出，之後進入空無邊處。他從空無邊處正受出，之後進入識無邊處。他從識無邊處正受出，之後進入無所有處。他從無所有處正受出，之後進入非想非非想處。他從非想非非想處正受出，之後進入想受滅盡定。

Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha , bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno’’ti.

這時候，阿難尊者對阿那律陀尊者說： 　　“阿那律陀大德，世尊入滅了。” 　　“阿難賢友，世尊不是入滅，他是進入想受滅盡定。”

Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.

這時候，世尊從想受滅盡定正受出，進入非想非非想處。他從非想非非想處正受出，之後進入無所有處。他從無所有處正受出，之後進入識無邊處。他從識無邊處正受出，之後進入空無邊處。他從空無邊處正受出，之後進入四禪。他從四禪出，之後進入三禪。他從三禪出，之後進入二禪。他從二禪出，之後進入初禪。他從初禪出，之後進入二禪。他從二禪出，之後進入三禪。他從三禪出，之後進入四禪。他從四禪出，之後立刻入滅。

220. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

220. 當世尊入滅時，大地發生了使人恐懼、使人驚慌的震動，天上響起了震耳的雷聲。 　　當世尊入滅時，梵天．娑婆世界主說出以下偈頌：

‘‘Sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussayaṃ;

“一切諸眾生， 　　皆會捨身命；

Yattha etādiso satthā, loke appaṭipuggalo;

導師無倫匹， 　　今亦復如是；

Tathāgato balappatto, sambuddho parinibbuto’’ti.

正覺大勢力， 　　如來今入滅。”

221. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

221. 當世尊入滅時，帝釋天．因陀羅說出以下偈頌：

‘‘Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino;

“諸行皆無常， 　　是生滅之法；

Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho’’ti.

止息生與死， 　　此是解脫樂。”

222. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi –

222. 當世尊入滅時，阿那律陀尊者說出以下偈頌：

‘‘Nāhu assāsapassāso, ṭhitacittassa tādino;

“無有出入息， 　　內心住不動，

Anejo santimārabbha, yaṃ kālamakarī muni.

牟尼已離欲， 　　常處於寂靜。

‘‘Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi;

內心不懈怠， 　　承受諸病苦；

Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, vimokkho cetaso ahū’’ti.

心解脫湼槃， 　　如燈盡火滅。”

223. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –

223. 當世尊入滅時，阿難尊者說出以下偈頌：

‘‘Tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ;

“具足一切德， 　　等正覺入滅；

Sabbākāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute’’ti.

實使人恐懼， 　　實使人驚慌。”

224. Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.

224. 當世尊入滅時，還有貪著的比丘，有的緊抱雙臂在痛泣；有的從石上跳下，在地上滾來滾去。他們叫嚷： “世尊太快入滅了！善逝太快入滅了！世間的眼睛太快消失了！” 　　一些離了貪著的比丘，他們具有念和覺知，明白到行是無常的，要世尊不入滅是不可能的。

225. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati . Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī’’ti [bhante anuruddha devatā manasi karontīti (syā. ka.)]?

225. 這時候，阿那律陀尊者對比丘說： 　　“賢友們，不。不要憂愁，不要悲傷。賢友們，世尊不是曾經對你們說過嗎，所有我們的至親和喜愛的事物都會變化，都會消逝，都會和我們分離；要這些事物不變化，不消逝，不和我們分離是沒有可能的。賢友們，任何生、有、眾緣和合的事物都是敗壞法，要它不敗壞是沒有可能的。賢友們，天神很激動呢。” 　　“大德，在你心裏所看見的天神是怎麼樣的呢？”

‘‘Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ.

“阿難賢友，一些在天空的天神，以天空為地想。有的弄亂頭髮在痛泣；有的緊抱雙臂在痛泣；有的從石上跳下，在地上滾來滾去。他們叫嚷： ‘世尊太快入滅了！善逝太快入滅了！世間的眼睛太快消失了！’ 　　“阿難賢友，一些在地上的天神，以地為地想。有的弄亂頭髮在痛泣；有的緊抱雙臂在痛泣；有的從石上跳下，在地上滾來滾去。他們叫嚷： ‘世尊太快入滅了！善逝太快入滅了！世間的眼睛太快消失了！’ 　　“一些離了貪著的天神，他們具有念和覺知，明白到行是無常的，要世尊不入滅是不可能的。” 　　 　　阿那律陀尊者和阿難尊者用晚上餘下的時間互相談論佛法。

226. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti.

226. 之後，阿那律陀尊者對阿難尊者說： 　　“阿難賢友，你入去拘尸那羅，通知拘尸那羅的武士子： ‘婆舍多，世尊入滅了。如果你們認為是時候的話，請便。’ ” 　　阿難尊者回答阿那律陀尊者： “大德，是的。” 於是，在上午，他穿好衣服，拿著大衣和缽，和另一人入拘尸那羅。 　　這時候，拘尸那羅的武士子聚集在聚集堂裏處理有關世尊入滅的事務。阿難尊者去到拘尸那羅武士子的聚集堂，通知拘尸那羅的武士子： “婆舍多，世尊入滅了。如果你們認為是時候的話，請便。” 　　聽了阿難尊者的說話後，武士子和他們的妻子、兒子、媳婦都感到痛惜和傷心，內心充滿苦惱。他們有些人弄亂頭髮在痛泣；有些人緊抱雙臂在痛泣；有些人從石上跳下，在地上滾來滾去。他們叫嚷： “世尊太快入滅了！善逝太快入滅了！世間的眼睛太快消失了！”

Buddhasarīrapūjā

227. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṃ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ sannipātethā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yena bhagavato sarīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.

227. 這時候，拘尸那羅的武士子宣佈： “各位，請集齊拘尸那羅的香花環和所有的樂師來。” 　　於是武士子集齊拘尸那羅的香花環和所有的樂師，還有五百雙布片，前往優波跋多那娑羅林，去到世尊舍利那裏，之後他們用一整天豎立華蓋和設置花環，及以舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香等供養世尊舍利。

Atha kho kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ, sve dāni mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, catutthampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañcamampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.

這時候，拘尸那羅的武士子說： 　　“今天火化世尊舍利的時間已經過了，明天我們才火化世尊舍利吧。” 第二天拘尸那羅的武士子又用一整天豎立華蓋和設置花環，及以舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香等供養世尊舍利。第三、四、五、六天也是一樣。

Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti.

第七天，拘尸那羅的武士子心想： “讓我們以舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香等供養世尊舍利，把世尊舍利抬到城的南方，然後在城南外面火化吧。”

228. Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’’ti na sakkonti uccāretuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti; devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.

228. 於是八位已更衣沐浴的武士子族長想要抬起世尊舍利，但是沒法抬得動。 　　拘尸那羅的武士子問阿那律陀尊者： “大德，是什麼原因和條件使八位族長沒法抬得動世尊舍利呢？” 　　“婆舍多，你們的想法和天神的想法不同。” “大德，天神的想法是怎麼樣的呢？” 　　“婆舍多，你們的想法是把世尊舍利抬到城的南方，然後在城南外面火化。天神的想法是把世尊舍利抬到城的北方，由北面城門入城，再由東面城門出城，然後在武士子天冠廟火化。” 　　“大德，既然天神的想法這樣，就按照這樣做吧。”

229. Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṃkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā [saṇṭhitā (syā.)] hoti. Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṃ nikkhipiṃsu.

229. 這時候，拘尸那羅滿佈曼陀羅花，即使在廢物堆上，曼陀羅花也深至及膝。天神和拘尸那羅的武士子以天上和人間的舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香等供養世尊舍利，把世尊舍利抬到城的北方，由北面城門入城，再由東面城門出城，然後把世尊舍利放在武士子天冠廟。

230. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti . Evaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sannipātethā’’ti.

230. 拘尸那羅的武士子問阿難尊者： “阿難大德，如來舍利怎樣處理呢？” 　　“婆舍多，處理如來舍利就跟處理轉輪王舍利那樣。” 　　“阿難大德，轉輪王舍利是怎樣處理的呢？” 　　“婆舍多，先用潔淨的布包裹轉輪王舍利，再用綿布來包裹，再用潔淨的布來包裹，就是這樣用五百層潔淨的布和五百層綿布來包裹轉輪王舍利，然後把它放進一個盛滿油的鐵棺之中，蓋上鐵棺蓋，用各種香木來火化，最後在繁盛的大路興建轉輪王塔。婆舍多，這就是處理轉輪王舍利的方法了。 　　“婆舍多，處理如來舍利就跟處理轉輪王舍利那樣。在繁盛的大路興建如來塔，人們在那裏獻花環、燃香、髹漆、作禮或生起淨信心，他們將會長期得到利益和快樂。” 　　 　　於是，拘尸那羅的武士子宣佈： “各位，請集齊布片來。”

Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṃ. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropesuṃ.

這時候，拘尸那羅的武士子先用潔淨的布包裹如來舍利，再用綿布來包裹，再用潔淨的布來包裹，就是這樣用五百層潔淨的布和五百層綿布來包裹如來舍利，然後把它放進一個盛滿油的鐵棺之中，蓋上鐵棺蓋，準備用各種香木來火化。

Mahākassapattheravatthu

231. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṃ gahetvā pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṃ ājīvakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvā taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘apāvuso, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandāravapupphaṃ gahita’’nti. Tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.

231. 這時候，大迦葉尊者和大約五百人的大比丘僧團從波婆前往拘尸那羅，他們在道路上行走。大迦葉尊者離開道路走到一顆樹下坐下來。 　　這時候，有一位邪命外道手上拿著曼陀羅花，從拘尸那羅前往波婆，他在道路上行走。 　　大迦葉尊者從遠處看見邪命外道，於是問他： “賢友，你知道我導師的消息嗎？” 　　“賢友，我知。喬答摩沙門入滅至今已經七天了。這朵曼陀羅花是我從那裏拿來的。” 　　聽了這消息後，還有貪著的比丘，有的緊抱雙臂在痛泣；有的從石上跳下，在地上滾來滾去。他們叫嚷： “世尊太快入滅了！善逝太快入滅了！世間的眼睛太快消失了！” 　　一些離了貪著的比丘，他們具有念和覺知，明白到行是無常的，要世尊不入滅是不可能的。

232. Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti. Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma, na taṃ karissāmā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ , āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.

232. 這時候，有一位年老出家的比丘名叫須跋陀，他坐在眾人之中。年老出家的須跋陀對比丘說： 　　“賢友們，不。不要憂愁，不要悲傷。我們不用再受那大沙門束縛了。以前大沙門常常煩擾我們，說應要這樣做，不要那樣做。現在我們可以喜歡做便做，不喜歡做便不做了。” 　　大迦葉尊者對比丘說： 　　“賢友們，不。不要憂愁，不要悲傷。賢友們，世尊不是曾經對你們說過嗎，所有我們的至親和喜愛的事物都會變化，都會消逝，都會和我們分離；要這些事物不變化，不消逝，不和我們分離是沒有可能的。賢友們，任何生、有、眾緣和合的事物都是敗壞法，要它不敗壞是沒有可能的。”

233. Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘ayaṃ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’’’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.

233. 這時候，四位已更衣沐浴的武士子族長想要為世尊的火化柴堆點火，但是沒法點得著火。 　　於是拘尸那羅的武士子問阿那律陀尊者： 　　“大德，是什麼原因和條件使四位族長沒法點得著火呢？” 　　“婆舍多，天神的想法不同。” 　　“大德，天神的想法是怎麼樣的呢？” 　　“婆舍多，天神的想法是：大迦葉尊者和大約五百人的大比丘僧團從波婆前來，在大迦葉尊者頂禮世尊雙足之後才燃點世尊的火化柴堆。” 　　“大德，既然天神的想法這樣，就按照這樣做吧。”

234. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu. Vandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.

234. 這時候，大迦葉尊者前往拘尸那羅的武士子天冠廟，去到世尊的火化柴堆那裏，之後把大衣覆蓋一邊肩膊28，合掌，右繞火化柴堆三圈，解開世尊雙足，然後頂禮世尊雙足。 　　五百位比丘也是把大衣覆蓋一邊肩膊，合掌，右繞火化柴堆三圈，然後頂禮世尊雙足。 　　當大迦葉尊者和五百位比丘頂禮之後，世尊的火化柴堆自己著火起來。

235. Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi; evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Tesañca pañcannaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṃsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṃ yañca bāhiraṃ. Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Udakasālatopi [udakaṃ sālatopi (sī. syā. kaṃ.)] abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṃ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṃ karitvā dhanupākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā [parikkhipitvā (syā.)] naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṃsu garuṃ kariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.

235. 世尊舍利在火化後，沒有留下皮膚、肌肉、腱、黏液，沒有灰燼，只有舍利29留下。 　　就正如燃燒乳酪或油沒有灰燼留下那樣；世尊舍利在火化後，沒有留下皮膚、肌肉、腱、黏液，沒有灰燼，只有舍利留下。五百層布只有最內和最外的兩層焚燒掉。 　　當火化完之後，天空中流下一道水流撲滅世尊的火化柴堆，從娑羅樹流下另一道水流撲滅世尊的火化柴堆，拘尸那羅的武士子用各種香水撲滅世尊的火化柴堆。 　　這時候，拘尸那羅的武士子把世尊的舍利放在聚集堂，用長矛結成一個籠保護舍利，外面用弓佈置成圍牆來圍繞。七天以舞蹈、歌唱、音樂、花環、香等供養世尊舍利。

Sarīradhātuvibhājanaṃ

236. Assosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.

236. 摩揭陀王阿闍世．韋提希子聽到世尊在拘尸那羅入滅的消息。於是他派一位信使去拘尸那羅的武士子那裏傳達這說話： “世尊是剎帝利，我也是剎帝利。我應該分得一份世尊舍利，我要為世尊舍利興建塔，我要供奉世尊舍利。”

Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

毗舍離的離車人聽到世尊在拘尸那羅入滅的消息。於是他們派一位信使去拘尸那羅的武士子那裏傳達這說話： “世尊是剎帝利，我們也是剎帝利。我們應該分得一份世尊舍利，我們要為世尊舍利興建塔，我們要供奉世尊舍利。”

Assosuṃ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭho , mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

迦毗羅衛的釋迦人聽到世尊在拘尸那羅入滅的消息。於是他們派一位信使去拘尸那羅的武士子那裏傳達這說話： “世尊是我們族人之中最崇高的，我們應該分得一份世尊舍利，我們要為世尊舍利興建塔，我們要供奉世尊舍利。”

Assosuṃ kho allakappakā bulayo [thūlayo (syā.)] – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti .

阿臘迦波的布利人聽到世尊在拘尸那羅入滅的消息。於是他們派一位信使去拘尸那羅的武士子那裏傳達這說話： “世尊是剎帝利，我們也是剎帝利。我們應該分得一份世尊舍利，我們要為世尊舍利興建塔，我們要供奉世尊舍利。”

Assosuṃ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

羅摩村的拘利人聽到世尊在拘尸那羅入滅的消息。於是他們派一位信使去拘尸那羅的武士子那裏傳達這說話： “世尊是剎帝利，我們也是剎帝利。我們應該分得一份世尊舍利，我們要為世尊舍利興建塔，我們要供奉世尊舍利。”

Assosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahaṃ pismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.

韋陀提波的婆羅門聽到世尊在拘尸那羅入滅的消息。於是他派一位信使去拘尸那羅的武士子那裏傳達這說話： “世尊是剎帝利，我是婆羅門。我應該分得一份世尊舍利，我要為世尊舍利興建塔，我要供奉世尊舍利。”

Assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.

波婆的武士子聽到世尊在拘尸那羅入滅的消息。於是他們派一位信使去拘尸那羅的武士子那裏傳達這說話： “世尊是剎帝利，我們也是剎帝利。我們應該分得一份世尊舍利，我們要為世尊舍利興建塔，我們要供奉世尊舍利。”

Evaṃ vutte kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṃ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāga’’nti.

當各個信使說了這番話後，拘尸那羅的武士子對眾人說： 　　“世尊在我們國土入滅。我們不會分世尊舍利。”

237. Evaṃ vutte doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca –

237. 當拘尸那羅的武士子說了這番話後，多那婆羅門對眾人說：

‘‘Suṇantu bhonto mama ekavācaṃ,

“諸賢請諦聽， 　　我一句說話：

Amhāka [chandānurakkhaṇatthaṃ niggahītalopo]; Buddho ahu khantivādo;

我們之佛陀， 　　常說忍讓法。

Na hi sādhu yaṃ uttamapuggalassa,

若然為分取， 　　無上人舍利，

Sarīrabhāge siyā sampahāro.

而引至紛爭， 　　此乃為不善。

Sabbeva bhonto sahitā samaggā,

諸賢我提議： 　　舍利分八份；

Sammodamānā karomaṭṭhabhāge;

令眾皆滿足， 　　得和諧歡悅。

Vitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā,

興建舍利塔， 　　流布於各方；

Bahū janā cakkhumato pasannā’’ti.

對具眼世尊， 　　人人有淨信。”

238. ‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ savibhattaṃ vibhajāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṅghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca – ‘‘imaṃ me bhonto tumbaṃ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti. Adaṃsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṃ.

238. “婆羅門，既然這樣，你把世尊舍利平均分成八份吧。” 　　“賢者們，是的。” 多那婆羅門回答眾人後，便把世尊舍利平均分成八份，然後對眾人說： 　　“賢者們，請把這個載舍利的瓶給我，我也要為這個瓶興建塔，我也要供奉這個瓶。” 　　眾人把載舍利的瓶給多那婆羅門。

Assosuṃ kho pippalivaniyā [pipphalivaniyā (syā.)] moriyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni. Ito aṅgāraṃ harathā’’ti. Te tato aṅgāraṃ hariṃsu [āhariṃsu (syā. ka.)].

畢波利樹林的摩利人聽到世尊在拘尸那羅入滅的消息。於是他們派一位信使去拘尸那羅的武士子那裏傳達這說話： “世尊是剎帝利，我們也是剎帝利。我們應該分得一份世尊舍利，我們要為世尊舍利興建塔，我們要供奉世尊舍利。” 　　“已經沒有世尊舍利了，世尊舍利全都分完了。你們拿這些焦炭吧。” 摩利人拿走那些焦炭。

Dhātuthūpapūjā

239. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Vesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Doṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane aṅgārānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Iti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo. Evametaṃ bhūtapubbanti.

239. 這時候，摩揭陀王阿闍世．韋提希子在摩揭陀興建塔來供奉世尊舍利。 　　毗舍離的離車人在毗舍離興建塔來供奉世尊舍利。 　　迦毗羅衛的釋迦人在迦毗羅衛興建塔來供奉世尊舍利。 　　阿臘迦波的布利人在阿臘迦波興建塔來供奉世尊舍利。 　　羅摩村的拘利人在羅摩村興建塔來供奉世尊舍利。 　　韋陀提波的婆羅門在韋陀提波興建塔來供奉世尊舍利。 　　波婆的武士子在波婆興建塔來供奉世尊舍利。 　　拘尸那羅的武士子在拘尸那羅興建塔來供奉世尊舍利。 　　多那婆羅門興建塔來供奉舍利瓶。 　　畢波利樹林的摩利人在畢波利樹林興建塔來供奉焦炭。 　　因此有八個舍利塔，第九個是瓶塔，第十個是焦炭塔。 　　以上是以前所發生的事情。

240. Aṭṭhadoṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, sattadoṇaṃ jambudīpe mahenti.

240. 具眼者世尊， 　　舍利八多那30， 　　其中七多那， 　　閻浮提31禮敬。

Ekañca doṇaṃ purisavaruttamassa, rāmagāme nāgarājā maheti.

最高人中尊， 　　一多那舍利， 　　落在羅摩村， 　　龍王所禮敬。

Ekāhi dāṭhā tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana gandhārapure mahīyati;

另有四犬齒： 　　在三十三天， 　　及犍陀羅城， 　　分別受供養；

Kāliṅgarañño vijite punekaṃ, ekaṃ pana nāgarājā maheti.

及有一犬齒， 　　在迦楞伽國； 　　最後一犬齒， 　　龍王所禮敬。

Tasseva tejena ayaṃ vasundharā,

大威德世尊， 　　德力照大地，

Āyāgaseṭṭhehi mahī alaṅkatā;

受德力所照， 　　大地留光彩。

Evaṃ imaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ,

具眼者世尊， 　　所流布舍利，

Susakkataṃ sakkatasakkatehi.

各各皆受到， 　　悉心所照料。

Devindanāgindanarindapūjito ,

大威德世尊， 　　所流布舍利，

Manussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva pūjito;

天王與龍王、 　　人王所供養。

Taṃ vandatha [taṃ taṃ vandatha (syā.)] pañjalikā labhitvā,

於此而頂禮， 　　於此而合掌，

Buddho have kappasatehi dullabhoti.

佛陀甚稀有， 　　百劫難相遇。

Cattālīsa samā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso;

Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ, cakkavāḷaparamparāti.

Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.